Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission File Number 0-8467

WESBANCO, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

WEST VIRGINIA   55-0571723
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
1 Bank Plaza, Wheeling, WV   26003
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 304-234-9000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Title of each class


Common Stock $2.0833 Par Value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Larger accelerated filer   ¨

 

Accelerated filer   þ

 

Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company as defined n Rule 12b-2 of the Act. Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by nonaffiliates on June 30, 2005, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $30.02, was $612,209,748.

As of February 28, 2006, there were 21,925,266 shares of WesBanco, Inc. common stock $2.0833 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain specifically designated portions of WesBanco, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement dated March 17, 2006 for its 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



Table of Contents

WESBANCO, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM #

  

ITEM


   Page No.

     Part I     
1   

Business

   3
1A   

Risk Factors

   10
1B   

Unresolved Staff Comments

   14
2   

Properties

   14
3   

Legal Proceedings

   14 - 16
4   

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   16
     Part II     
5   

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   17 - 18
6   

Selected Financial Data

   19 - 21
7   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   22 - 55
7A   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   56 - 57
8   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   58 - 96
9   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   97
9A   

Controls and Procedures

   97
9B   

Other Information

   99
     Part III     
10   

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   99
11   

Executive Compensation

   99
12   

Security Ownership of Certain Benefical Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   99
13   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   100
14   

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   100
     Part IV     
15   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   101 - 105
    

Signatures

   106

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

GENERAL

 

WesBanco Inc. (“WesBanco”), a bank holding company incorporated in 1968 and headquartered in Wheeling, West Virginia, offers a full range of financial services including retail banking, corporate banking, personal and corporate trust services, brokerage services, mortgage banking and insurance. WesBanco offers these services through two reportable segments, community banking and trust and investment services. For additional information regarding WesBanco’s business segments, please refer to Note 25, “Business Segments” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

At December 31, 2005, WesBanco operated a commercial bank, WesBanco Bank, Inc., (“Bank”) through 85 offices, two loan production offices and 125 ATM machines located in West Virginia, Ohio, and Western Pennsylvania. Total assets of the Bank as of December 31, 2005 approximated $4.4 billion. The Bank also offers trust and investment services and various alternative investment products including mutual funds and annuities. The market value of assets under management of the trust and investment services segment was approximately $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2005. These assets are held by the Bank in fiduciary or agency capacities for their customers and therefore are not included as assets on WesBanco’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

WesBanco offers additional services through its non-banking subsidiaries, WesBanco Insurance Services, Inc., a multi-line insurance agency specializing in property, casualty and life insurance for personal and commercial clients and WesBanco Securities, Inc., a full service broker-dealer, which also offers discount brokerage services.

 

WesBanco Asset Management, Inc. and WesBanco Services, Inc., which were incorporated in 2002, collectively hold certain investment securities and real estate loans of the Bank and assist in managing these assets.

 

WesBanco Properties, Inc. holds certain residential and commercial real estate properties. The commercial properties are leased to the Bank and to non-related third parties, while the residential properties are considered other real estate owned.

 

Hometown Finance, Inc. is a finance company, which holds nonconforming loans to customers that may not be held by the Bank due to regulatory restrictions. Hometown Finance is no longer actively obtaining new loans and at December 31, 2005 held an immaterial amount of total outstanding loans.

 

WesBanco Inc. Capital Trust II, WesBanco Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III, and WesBanco Inc. Capital Trusts IV, V and VI, (“Trusts”), are all wholly-owned trust subsidiaries of WesBanco formed for the purpose of issuing Pooled Trust Preferred Securities (“trust preferred securities”) and lending the proceeds to WesBanco. WesBanco organized Trusts II and III in June 2003, Trusts IV and V in June 2004 and Trust VI in March 2005. For more information regarding WesBanco’s issuance of trust preferred securities, please refer to Note 13 “Junior Subordinated Debt Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

WesBanco also serves as investment adviser to a family of mutual funds under the name “WesMark Funds” which includes a growth fund, a balanced fund, a bond fund, a West Virginia municipal bond fund and a small company growth fund.

 

As of December 31, 2005, none of WesBanco’s subsidiaries were engaged in any operations in foreign countries, and none had transactions with customers in foreign countries.

 

On January 3, 2005, WesBanco completed the acquisition of Winton Financial Corporation (“Winton”). On August 31, 2004, WesBanco completed the acquisition of Western Ohio Financial Corporation (“Western

 

3


Table of Contents

Ohio”). The primary reason that WesBanco acquired both companies was to expand its footprint into new high growth, large metropolitan markets in the state of Ohio. The results of operations of acquired companies are included in WesBanco’s consolidated results of operations from their respective acquisition dates. Additional information regarding these acquisitions is in Note 3 “Business Combinations” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

There were approximately 1,200 full-time equivalent employees employed by WesBanco and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2005. None of the employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. WesBanco believes its employee relations to be satisfactory.

 

WEB SITE ACCESS TO WESBANCO’S FILINGS WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

All of WesBanco’s electronic filings for 2005 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are made available at no cost on WesBanco’s website, www.wesbanco.com , through the “Investor Relations” link as soon as reasonably practicable after WesBanco files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. WesBanco’s SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s website www.sec.gov .

 

Upon written request of any shareholder of record on December 31, 2005, WesBanco will provide, without charge, a printed copy of its 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, including financial statements and schedules, as required to be filed with the SEC. To obtain a copy of the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, contact: Linda Woodfin, WesBanco, Inc., 1 Bank Plaza, Wheeling, WV 26003.

 

COMPETITION

 

Competition in the form of price and service from other banks, including local, regional and national banks and financial companies such as savings and loans, internet banks, credit unions, finance companies, and brokerage firms is intense in most of the markets served by WesBanco and its subsidiaries. WesBanco’s trust and investment services segment receives competition from commercial bank and trust companies, mutual fund companies, investment advisory firms, law firms, brokerage firms and other financial services companies. As a result of the deregulation of the financial services industry (see the discussion of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 in the section of this item so captioned) mergers between, and the expansion of, financial institutions both within and outside West Virginia have provided significant competitive pressure in major markets. Some of WesBanco’s competitors have greater resources and, as such, may have higher lending limits and may offer other products and services that are not provided by WesBanco. WesBanco generally competes on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, available loan and deposit products, rates of interest charged on loans, rates of interest paid for funds, and the availability and pricing of trust, brokerage and insurance services. As WesBanco has expanded into new, larger Ohio metropolitan markets it faces entrenched large bank competitors with an already existing customer base that may far exceed WesBanco’s initial entry position into that market. As a result, WesBanco may be forced to compete more aggressively for loans, deposits, trust and insurance products in order to successfully grow its market share, potentially reducing its current and future profit potential from such markets.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

As a registered bank holding company, WesBanco is subject to the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors (“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”) and is required to file with the Federal Reserve reports and other information regarding its business operations and the business operations of its subsidiaries. WesBanco is also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of

 

4


Table of Contents

voting shares of any bank, if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than five percent of the voting stock of such bank. In addition, pursuant to federal law and regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve, WesBanco may only engage in, or own or control companies that engage in, activities deemed by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Prior to engaging in most new business activities, WesBanco must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve.

 

The Bank is a West Virginia banking corporation and is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. It is subject to examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve and the West Virginia Division of Banking, and secondarily by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Its deposits are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) of the FDIC. WesBanco’s nonbank subsidiaries are also subject to examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve and examination by other federal and state agencies, including, in the case of certain securities activities, regulation by the SEC. The Bank maintains one designated financial subsidiary, WesBanco Insurance Services, Inc. WesBanco believes its current regulatory relations are satisfactory.

 

WesBanco is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and certain state securities commissions for matters relating to the offering and sale of its securities. WesBanco is subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. WesBanco is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the trading symbol “WSBC,” and is subject to the rules of the NASDAQ for listed companies.

 

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branch Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Riegle-Neal Act”), as amended, a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to certain limitations. The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches. Banks are also permitted to acquire and to establish de novo branches in other states where authorized under the laws of those states.

 

Under the BHCA, prior approval of the Federal Reserve is required for the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of any bank. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal banking regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

 

HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES

 

WesBanco has one state bank subsidiary, WesBanco Bank, Inc., as well as nonbank subsidiaries, which are described further in “Item 1. Business—General” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Bank is subject to affiliate transaction restrictions under federal law which limits the transfer of funds by the Bank to the parent and any nonbank subsidiaries of the parent, whether in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments, or asset purchases. Such transfers by the Bank to its parent corporation or to any individual nonbank subsidiary of the parent are limited in amount to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent together with all such nonbank subsidiaries of the parent, to an aggregate of 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts. In addition, all affiliate transactions must be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same as such transactions with unaffiliated entities. As part of its affiliate transactions, WesBanco currently has a $3.5 million line of credit with the Bank, which had an outstanding balance at December 31, 2005 of $3.0 million.

 

The Federal Reserve has a policy to the effect that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary bank. Under the source of strength doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank, and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. This capital

 

5


Table of Contents

injection may be required at times when WesBanco may not have the resources to provide it. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. Moreover, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by such holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

 

Dividends from the Bank are a significant source of funds for payment of dividends to WesBanco’s shareholders. For the year ended December 31, 2005, WesBanco declared cash dividends to its shareholders of approximately $23.3 million. There are, however, statutory limits on the amount of dividends that the Bank can pay to WesBanco without regulatory approval.

 

Under applicable federal regulations, appropriate bank regulatory agency approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year exceeds the available retained earnings and exceeds the aggregate of the bank’s net profits (as defined by regulatory agencies) for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. At December 31, 2005, the Bank could pay dividends of up to $11.6 million to WesBanco without prior regulatory approval and without adversely affecting its “well capitalized” status.

 

If, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends, such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve has issued policy statements which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Additional information regarding dividend restrictions is set forth in Note 22, “Regulatory Matters” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

FDIC INSURANCE

 

The Bank is classified by the FDIC as a well-capitalized institution in the highest supervisory subcategory, and is therefore not obliged under current FDIC assessment practices to pay deposit insurance premiums on its deposits insured by the BIF. On February 15, 2006, President Bush signed into law H.R. 4636, the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Conforming Amendments Act of 2005. The signing completed more than five years of work by Congress to modernize the deposit insurance system Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) into a new Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF); increase the deposit insurance limit for certain retirement accounts to $250,000 and establish indices that limit deposit insurance increases to inflation; allow the FDIC Board to set assessments; and provide the FDIC Board with the discretion to set the Designated Reserve Ratio within a range of 1.15 to 1.50 percent for any given year. The enactment of this legislation should not impact WesBanco detrimentally.

 

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Federal Reserve has issued risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. The risk-based capital ratio guidelines establish a systematic analytical framework that makes regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, takes off-balance sheet exposures into explicit account in assessing capital adequacy, and minimizes disincentives to holding liquid, low-risk assets. Under the guidelines and related policies, bank holding companies must maintain capital sufficient to meet both a risk-based asset ratio test and a leverage ratio test on a consolidated basis. The risk-based ratio is determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet commitments into four weighted categories, with higher weightings being assigned to categories perceived as representing greater risk. A bank holding company’s capital is then divided by total risk-weighted assets to yield the risk-based ratio. The leverage ratio is determined by relating core capital to total assets adjusted as specified in the guidelines. The Bank is subject to substantially similar capital requirements.

 

6


Table of Contents

Generally, under the applicable guidelines, a financial institution’s capital is divided into three tiers. “Tier 1,” or core capital, includes common equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock excluding auction rate issues, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and, with certain limited exceptions, all other intangible assets. Bank holding companies, however, may include cumulative preferred stock in their Tier 1 capital, up to a limit of 25% of such Tier 1 capital. “Tier 2,” or supplementary capital, includes, among other things, cumulative and limited-life preferred stock, hybrid capital instruments, mandatory convertible securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations. Institutions that must incorporate market risk exposure into their risk-based capital requirements may also have a third tier of capital in the form of restricted short-term unsecured subordinated debt. “Total capital” is the sum of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital.

 

The Federal Reserve and the other federal banking regulators require that all intangible assets, with certain limited exceptions, be deducted from Tier 1 capital. Under the Federal Reserve’s rules, the only types of intangible assets that may be included in (i.e., not deducted from) a bank holding company’s capital are originated or purchased mortgage servicing rights, non-mortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships, provided that, in aggregate, the amount of these items included in capital does not exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital.

 

Under the risk-based guidelines, financial institutions are required to maintain a risk-based ratio, which is total capital to risk-weighted assets, of 8%, of which 4% must be Tier 1 capital. The appropriate regulatory authority may set higher capital requirements when an institution’s circumstances warrant.

 

The Federal Reserve has established a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0% for strong bank holding companies rated composite “1” under the new RFI/C (D) (“Risk Management,” “Financial Condition,” “Impact,” “Composite Rating” and “Depository Institution”) components rating system for bank holding companies, and for certain bank holding companies that have implemented the Board’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4.0%. Banking organizations with supervisory, financial, operational, or managerial weaknesses, as well as organizations that are anticipating or experiencing significant growth are expected to maintain capital ratios well above the minimum levels. Moreover, higher capital ratios may be required for any bank holding company if warranted by its particular circumstances or risk profile. In all cases, bank holding companies should hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of the risks, including the volume and severity of problem loans, to which they are exposed. The Federal Reserve has also indicated that it will consider a “tangible Tier 1 capital ratio” (deducting all intangibles) and other indications of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

 

In 2002, the bank regulatory agencies established special minimum capital requirements for equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The requirements consist of a series of marginal capital charges that increase within a range from 8% to 25% as a financial institution’s overall exposure to equity investments increases as a percentage of its Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2005, capital charges relating to WesBanco’s equity investments in nonfinancial companies were immaterial.

 

Failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject the financial institution to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities including limitations on the ability to pay dividends, the issuance by the regulatory authority of a capital directive to increase capital, and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, as well as to the measures described below under “Prompt Corrective Action” as applicable to undercapitalized institutions.

 

As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco’s Tier 1 and total capital to risk-adjusted assets ratios were 11.94% and 12.97%, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, the Bank also had capital in excess of the minimum requirements. Neither WesBanco nor the Bank has been advised by the appropriate federal banking regulator of any specific leverage ratio applicable to it. As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco’s leverage ratio was 8.46%. WesBanco currently has $87.6 million in junior subordinated debt on its Consolidated Balance Sheets presented

 

7


Table of Contents

as a separate category of long-term debt. For regulatory purposes, trust preferred securities totaling $85 million underlying such junior subordinated debt is included in Tier 1 Capital in accordance with regulatory reporting requirements. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve adopted a rule that retains trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative limits and clearer qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a transition period that ends on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions.

 

The risk-based capital standards of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC specify that evaluations by the banking agencies of a bank’s capital adequacy will include an assessment of the exposure to declines in the economic value of the bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates. These banking agencies issued a joint policy statement on interest rate risk describing prudent methods for monitoring such risk that rely principally on internal measures of exposure and active oversight of risk management activities by senior management.

 

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “BIS”). The BIS is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply. In June 2004, the BIS published a new capital accord to replace its 1988 capital accord. The new capital accord would, among other things, set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for credit risk and market risk. Operational risk is defined to mean the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems in connection with external events. The 1988 capital accord does not include separate capital requirements for operational risk. On September 30, 2005, the U.S. banking agencies announced a revised plan for the implementation of the Basel II framework in the United States. The agencies also published for comment an advance notice of proposed rulemaking pertaining to amendments to the existing Basel I-based capital rules that would apply to certain financial institutions that would not be subject to the Basel II requirements. It is currently anticipated that the U.S. Banking authorities may release final Basel II rules in 2006, that a parallel run during which minimum capital measures would be calculated under both Basel I and Basel II would become effective possibly in 2008, and that Basel II would go into effect at the end of the parallel run. WesBanco cannot predict the precise timing or final form of the United States rules implementing the new capital accord and their impact on WesBanco. The new capital requirements that may arise from the final rules could increase the minimum capital requirements applicable to WesBanco and its subsidiaries.

 

PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) requires federal banking regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

An institution is deemed to be “well-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and, generally, a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% or greater and the institution does not meet the definition of a “well-capitalized” institution. An institution that does not meet one or more of the “adequately capitalized” tests is deemed to be “undercapitalized”. If the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3%, or a Tier 1 leverage ratio that is less than 3%, it is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized.” Finally, an institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. At December 31, 2005, the Bank had capital levels that met the “well capitalized” standards under such regulations.

 

8


Table of Contents

FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution, including payment of a cash dividend, or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. If any depository institution subsidiary of a holding company is required to submit a capital restoration plan, the holding company would be required to provide a limited guarantee regarding compliance with the plan as a condition of approval of such plan by the appropriate federal banking agency. If an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. Significantly undercapitalized institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions may not, beginning 60 days after becoming critically undercapitalized, make any payment of principal or interest on their subordinated debt. In addition, critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator within 90 days of becoming critically undercapitalized.

 

GRAMM-LEACH-BLILEY ACT OF 1999 (THE “GLB ACT”)

 

Under the GLB Act enacted in 1999, banks are no longer prohibited by the Glass-Steagall Act from associating with, or having management interlocks with, a business organization engaged principally in securities activities. By qualifying as a new entity known as a “financial holding company,” a bank holding company may acquire new powers not otherwise available to it. In order to qualify, a bank holding company’s depository subsidiaries must all be both well-capitalized and well managed, and must be meeting their Community Reinvestment Act obligations. The bank holding company must also declare its intention to become a financial holding company to the Federal Reserve and certify that its depository subsidiaries meet the capitalization and management requirements. The repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act and the availability of new powers both became effective in 2000. WesBanco has not elected to become a financial holding company under the GLB Act, though it has qualified a subsidiary of its bank as a financial subsidiary under the GLB Act.

 

Financial holding company powers relate to “financial activities” that are determined by the Federal Reserve, in coordination with the Secretary of the Treasury, to be financial in nature, incidental to an activity that is financial in nature, or complementary to a financial activity, provided that the complementary activity does not pose a safety and soundness risk. The statute itself defines certain activities as financial in nature, including but not limited to underwriting insurance or annuities; providing financial or investment advice; underwriting, dealing in, or making markets in securities; merchant banking, subject to significant limitations; insurance company portfolio investing, subject to significant limitations; and any activities previously found by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking.

 

National and state banks are permitted under the GLB Act, subject to capital, management, size, debt rating, and Community Reinvestment Act qualification factors, to have “financial subsidiaries” that are permitted to engage in financial activities not otherwise permissible. However, unlike financial holding companies, financial subsidiaries may not engage in insurance or annuity underwriting; developing or investing in real estate; merchant banking (for at least five years); or insurance company portfolio investing. Other provisions of the GLB Act establish a system of functional regulation for financial holding companies and banks involving the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and state securities and insurance regulators; deal with bank insurance sales and title insurance activities in relation to state insurance regulation; prescribe consumer protection standards for insurance sales; and establish minimum federal standards of privacy to protect the confidentiality of the personal financial information of consumers and regulate its use by financial institutions. Federal bank regulatory agencies have issued certain rules over the past six years relating to the implementation of the GLB Act.

 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING INITIATIVES AND THE USA PATRIOT ACT

 

A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially

 

9


Table of Contents

broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The United States Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply to various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as WesBanco’s bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for WesBanco and its subsidiaries.

 

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 contains important requirements for public companies in the area of financial disclosure and corporate governance. In accordance with section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, written certifications by WesBanco’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required. These certifications attest that WesBanco’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. WesBanco has also implemented a program designed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which includes the identification of significant processes and accounts, documentation of the design of control effectiveness over process and entity level controls, and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls. Also, in response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, WesBanco adopted a series of procedures to improve its corporate governance practices. One of these actions included the formation of a Disclosure Committee whose members include the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and other WesBanco officers. WesBanco also requires signed certifications from managers who are responsible for internal controls throughout WesBanco as to the integrity of the information they prepare. These procedures supplement WesBanco’s Code of Ethics policies and procedures that have previously been in place. See Item 9A “Controls and Procedures” for WesBanco’s evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures.

 

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making an investment in WesBanco’s common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face in our business. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially harmed. In such an event, our common stock could decline in price, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

DUE TO INCREASED COMPETITION, WESBANCO MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN BANKING CUSTOMERS AT CURRENT LEVELS.

 

WesBanco faces competition from the following:

 

    local, regional and national banks;

 

    savings and loans;

 

    internet banks

 

    credit unions;

 

    finance companies; and

 

    brokerage firms serving WesBanco’s market areas.

 

In particular, the Bank’s competitors include several major national financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations

 

10


Table of Contents

and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Additionally, banks and other financial institutions may have products and services not offered by WesBanco, which may cause current and potential customers to choose those institutions. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain deposits and range and quality of services provided. If WesBanco is unable to attract new and retain current customers, loan and deposit growth could decrease causing WesBanco’s results of operations and financial condition to be negatively impacted.

 

WESBANCO MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXPAND ITS TRUST AND INVESTMENT SERVICES SEGMENT AND RETAIN ITS CURRENT CUSTOMERS.

 

As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco had approximately $2.6 billion in assets under management, which provided approximately 8.3% of WesBanco’s net revenues. WesBanco may not be able to attract new and retain current investment management clients due to competition from the following:

 

    commercial banks and trust companies;

 

    mutual fund companies;

 

    investment advisory firms;

 

    law firms;

 

    brokerage firms; and

 

    other financial services companies.

 

Its ability to successfully attract and retain investment management clients is dependent upon its ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. Due to the changes in economic conditions, the performance of the trust and investment services segment may be negatively impacted by the financial markets in which investment clients’ assets are invested, causing clients to seek other alternative investment options. If WesBanco is not successful, its results from operations and financial position may be negatively impacted.

 

CUSTOMERS MAY DEFAULT ON THE REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

 

The Bank’s customers may default on the repayment of loans, which may negatively impact WesBanco’s earnings due to loss of principal and interest income. Increased operating expenses may result from the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. Collection efforts may or may not be successful causing WesBanco to write off the loan or repossess the collateral securing the loan, which may or may not exceed the balance of the loan.

 

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly, which includes testing certain individual loans as well as collective pools of loans for impairment. This evaluation includes an assessment of actual loss experience within each category of the portfolio, individual commercial and commercial real estate loans that exhibit credit weakness; current economic events, including employment statistics, trends in bankruptcy filings, and other pertinent factors; industry or geographic concentrations; and regulatory guidance. Additions to the allowance for loan losses results in an expense for the period.

 

WesBanco’s regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Based on their assessment the regulatory agencies may require WesBanco to adjust the allowance for loan losses. These adjustments could negatively impact the Bank’s results of operations or financial position.

 

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN WESBANCO’S MARKET AREAS COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT EARNINGS.

 

A downturn in the local and regional economies could negatively impact WesBanco’s banking business. The Bank serves both individuals and business customers throughout West Virginia, Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. The ability of the Bank’s customers to repay their loans is strongly tied to the economic conditions in these areas.

 

11


Table of Contents

These economic conditions may also force customers to utilize deposits held by the Bank in order to pay current expenses causing the Bank’s deposit base to shrink. As a result the Bank may have to borrow funds at higher rates in order to meet liquidity needs. These events may have a negative impact on WesBanco’s earnings.

 

CURRENT MARKET INTEREST RATES AND COST OF FUNDS MAY NEGATIVELY IMPACT WESBANCO’S BANKING BUSINESS.

 

Fluctuations in interest rates may negatively impact the business of the Bank. The Bank’s main source of income from operations is net interest income, which is equal to the difference between the interest income received on interest-bearing assets (usually loans and investment securities) and the interest expense incurred in connection with interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings). These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond WesBanco’s control, including general economic conditions, both domestic and foreign, and the monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities. The Bank’s net interest income can be affected significantly by changes in market interest rates. Changes in relative interest rates may reduce the Bank’s net interest income as the difference between interest income and interest expense decreases. As a result, the Bank has adopted asset and liability management policies to minimize the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix and maturity of loans, investments and funding sources. However, even with these policies in place, WesBanco cannot be certain that changes in interest rates or the shape of the interest rate yield curve will not negatively impact its results of operations or financial position.

 

WesBanco’s cost of funds for banking operations may increase as a result of general economic conditions, interest rates and competitive pressures. The Bank has traditionally obtained funds principally through deposits and wholesale borrowings. As a general matter, deposits are a cheaper source of funds than borrowings because interest rates paid for deposits are typically less than interest rates charged for borrowings. If, as a result of general economic conditions, market interest rates, competitive pressures or otherwise, the value of deposits at the Bank decreases relative to its overall banking operations, the Bank may have to rely more heavily on borrowings as a source of funds in the future.

 

WESBANCO MAY BE REQUIRED TO WRITE DOWN GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, CAUSING ITS FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS TO BE NEGATIVELY AFFECTED.

 

When WesBanco acquires a business, a portion of the purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The amount of the purchase price which is allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets is determined by the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets acquired. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco’s goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets were approximately $147.7 million. Under current accounting standards, if WesBanco determines goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, it is required to write down the carrying value of these assets. WesBanco conducts an annual review to determine whether goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are impaired. WesBanco completed such an impairment analysis in 2005 and concluded that no impairment charge was necessary for the year ended December 31, 2005. WesBanco cannot provide assurance that it will not be required to take an impairment charge in the future. Any impairment charge would have a negative effect on its stockholders’ equity and financial results and may cause a decline in our stock price.

 

ACQUISITION OPPORTUNITIES MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE TO WESBANCO IN THE FUTURE.

 

WesBanco continually evaluates opportunities to acquire other businesses. However, WesBanco may not have the opportunity to make suitable acquisitions on favorable terms in the future, which could negatively impact the growth of its business. WesBanco expects that other banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly greater resources, will compete with it to acquire compatible businesses. This competition could increase prices for acquisitions that WesBanco would likely pursue, and its competitors may have greater resources than it does. Also, acquisitions of regulated business such as banks are subject to

 

12


Table of Contents

various regulatory approvals. If WesBanco fails to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, it will not be able to consummate an acquisition that it believes is in its best interests.

 

Any future acquisitions may result in unforeseen difficulties, including integration of the combined companies, which could require significant time and attention from our management that would otherwise be directed at developing our existing business and expenses may be higher than initially projected. In addition, we could discover undisclosed liabilities resulting from any acquisitions for which we may become responsible. Further, benefits such as enhanced earnings that we anticipate from these acquisitions may not develop and future results of the combined companies may be materially lower from those estimated.

 

CHANGES IN REGULATORY CAPITAL REGULATIONS BY THE FEDERAL RESERVE MAY NEGATIVELY IMPACT WESBANCO’S CAPITAL LEVELS.

 

WesBanco currently has $87.6 million in junior subordinated debt presented as a separate category of long-term debt on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. For regulatory purposes, trust preferred securities totaling $85.0 million underlying such junior subordinated debt are included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory reporting requirements. On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve adopted a rule that would retain trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital, but with stricter quantitative limits and clearer qualitative standards. Under the rule, after a transition period that ends on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25 percent of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. Should WesBanco issue additional trust preferred securities, WesBanco’s Tier 1 capital ratio may be limited by the rule adopted by the Board. WesBanco’s earnings may also be negatively impacted due to prepayment penalties associated with the redemption of the trust preferred securities.

 

BORROWINGS FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK SYSTEM.

 

The Bank is currently a member bank of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh. Membership in this system allows the Bank to participate in various programs offered by its member banks. The Bank borrows funds from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential mortgage loans or securities with a market value at least equal to the outstanding balances. In prior years, certain FHLB Banks, including Pittsburgh, experienced lower earnings and paid out lower dividends to its members. While earnings and dividends have since improved, future problems may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings extended to its member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by its member banks. Should this occur, WesBanco’s short term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. Should WesBanco be restricted from using FHLB advances due to weakness in the system or with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, WesBanco may be forced to find alternative funding sources. Such alternative funding sources may include the issuance of additional junior subordinated debt within allowed capital guidelines, utilization of existing lines of credit with third party banks along with seeking other lines of credit, borrowings under repurchase agreement lines, increasing deposit rates to attract additional funds, accessing brokered deposits, or selling certain investment securities categorized as available-for-sale in order to maintain adequate levels of liquidity. At December 31, 2005 the Bank owned $22.7 million of FHLB of Pittsburgh stock, which paid a dividend approximating 3.00% for the fourth quarter of 2005, up from 2.43% for the fourth quarter of 2004. Additionally, the Bank owned $19.2 million of FHLB of Cincinnati stock, which paid a stock dividend of 5.75%. Dividend payments may be eliminated by either respective FHLB at anytime in the future in order for it to restore its retained earnings. In such case, the corresponding FHLB stock owned by WesBanco may be deemed a non-earning asset.

 

WESBANCO’S FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS DEPEND ON THE SUCCESSFUL GROWTH OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES.

 

WesBanco’s primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank and other subsidiaries. Therefore, WesBanco’s future profitability will depend on the success and growth of these subsidiaries. In the future, part of WesBanco’s growth may come from buying other banks and

 

13


Table of Contents

buying or establishing other companies. Such entities may not be profitable after they are purchased or established, and they may lose money or be dilutive to earnings per share, particularly for the first few years. A new bank or company may bring with it unexpected liabilities, bad loans, or poor employee relations, or the new bank or company may lose customers and the associated revenue.

 

WESBANCO’S ABILITY TO PAY DIVIDENDS IS LIMITED.

 

Holders of shares of WesBanco’s common stock are entitled to dividends if, when, and as declared by WesBanco’s Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. Although the Board of Directors has declared cash dividends in the past, the current ability to pay dividends is largely dependent upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. Federal and state laws impose restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends. Additional restrictions are placed upon WesBanco by the policies of federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve’s November 14, 1985 policy statement, which provides that bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of the past year’s net income, and then only if their prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with their capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. In general, future dividend policy is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including WesBanco’s and the Bank’s future earnings, capital requirements, regulatory constraints and financial condition.

 

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

The Registrant’s subsidiaries generally own their respective offices, related facilities and any unimproved real property held for future expansion. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco operated 85 banking offices in West Virginia, Ohio and Western Pennsylvania, and 2 loan production offices, of which 70 were owned and 17 were leased under long-term operating leases. These leases expire at various dates through July 2024 and generally include options to renew.

 

The main office of the Registrant is located at 1 Bank Plaza, Wheeling, West Virginia, in a building owned by the Bank. The building contains approximately 100,000 square feet and serves as the main office for both WesBanco’s community banking segment and its trust and investment services segment. The Bank’s back office operations currently occupy approximately one half of the space available in an office building adjacent to the main office, which is owned by WesBanco Properties, Inc., a subsidiary of WesBanco, with the remainder of the building leased to unrelated businesses.

 

At various building locations, WesBanco rents or looks to provide commercial office space to unrelated businesses. Rental income totaled $0.6 million for 2005 compared to $0.5 million for 2004. For additional disclosures related to WesBanco’s properties, other fixed assets and leases, please refer to Note 7, “Premises and Equipment” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

On March 1, 2002, WesBanco consummated its acquisition of American Bancorporation through a series of corporate mergers. At the time of the consummation of this transaction, American Bancorporation was a defendant in a suit styled Martin, et al. v. The American Bancorporation Retirement Plan, et al., under Civil Action No. 5:2000-CV-168, pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of West Virginia. WesBanco became the principal defendant in this suit by reason of the merger. This case involves a class action suit against American Bancorporation by certain beneficiaries of the American Bancorporation Defined Benefit Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) seeking to challenge benefit calculations and methodologies used by the Plan Administrator in determining benefits under the Plan which was frozen by American Bancorporation, as to benefit accruals, some years ago. The Plan had been the subject of a prior action in a case styled American

 

14


Table of Contents

Bancorporation Retirement Plan, et al. v. McKain, Civil Action No. 5:93-CV-110, which was also litigated in the United States District Court for the Northern District of West Virginia. The McKain case resulted in an Order entered by the District Court on September 22, 1995, which directed American Bancorporation to follow a specific method for determining retirement benefits under the Plan. American Bancorporation has asserted that it has calculated the benefits in accordance with the requirements of the 1995 Order. The purported class of plaintiffs has asserted that they are not bound by the 1995 Order since they were not parties to that proceeding and are seeking a separate benefit determination. The District Court in the current case limited the class of plaintiffs to a group of approximately 37 individuals and granted partial summary judgment to significantly reduce the scope and extent of the case. The Court subsequently granted summary judgment in favor of WesBanco on the remaining claims on March 31, 2004, and the plaintiff appealed the decision to the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals.

 

The Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals issued an opinion dated May 11, 2005, which reversed the District Court’s earlier grant of summary judgment on behalf of WesBanco, and remanded the case for further proceedings. The Appellate Court reversed the District Court’s ruling that res judicata and collateral estoppel were applicable under the circumstances which precluded the re-litigation of matters previously decided by the District Court in the earlier 1995 case involving the same pension plan. The parties subsequently filed renewed Motions for Summary Judgment on the issues of the benefit calculation and plaintiffs’ claims under § 204(h) of ERISA in the District Court. The Magistrate Judge assigned to the case issued a report and recommendation dated January 18, 2006, to the Court denying both parties’ Motions for Summary Judgment on the benefit calculation issues but recommending to the Court a key finding of fact on a material issue in the case. The key finding recommended would be to sustain WesBanco’s position that a timely summary plan description was distributed to plan participants addressing a benefit calculation consistent with the methodology used by the Plan Administrator. The Magistrate has not yet issued a report on the § 204(h) notice issue. WesBanco continues to believe that it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted by the plaintiffs in this proceeding.

 

On August 1, 2002, WesBanco was named in a lawsuit filed by a former loan customer of WesBanco’s banking subsidiary over a failed purchase of an ambulance service enterprise operated by a local hospital. WesBanco’s banking subsidiary was subsequently substituted as the named defendant in the case now styled Matesic v. WesBanco Bank, Inc, et al., Civil Action No. 02-C-293(M), pending in the Circuit Court of Ohio County, West Virginia. The suit alleges numerous counts and claims against multiple defendants over the purchase and subsequent failure of the ambulance service. Wesbanco Bank, Inc. (the “Bank”) made a loan to the plaintiff’s company which became delinquent, and the Bank recovered a portion of the loan through liquidation of pledged collateral. Allegations of fraudulent conduct and tortuous interference are alleged against the Bank. The case is currently in its discovery phase. A second suit involving essentially the same issues was filed by another party involved in the ambulance service, and this case is styled Ellis v. OVMC, et al., Civil Action NO. 03-C-578(G). This case has been consolidated with the Matesic case. The Bank does not believe that there is any merit to the allegations of the complaints in the consolidated cases and is vigorously defending the consolidated case.

 

On April 23, 2004, the Bank was served with a Complaint in a suit styled AUM Hospitality, et al. v. NTK Hotel Group, under Civil Action No. 04 CV H04 03681, presently pending in the Common Pleas Court of Franklin County, Ohio. This is a suit by current or former shareholders of a closely held corporation for fraudulent exercise of control over the corporation against a minority shareholder, David Patel, seeking damages against David Patel and others and seeking to set aside a $13,000,000 first mortgage on a Hampton Inn located in Downtown Columbus, Ohio with another lender, as well as the Bank’s $1.3 million second mortgage. The plaintiffs have dismissed their claims seeking to set aside the mortgage instruments, and the Bank was dismissed as a party to this proceeding by Order entered September 22, 2005.

 

The Bank has also been involved in a case styled Copier Word Processing Supply, Inc. v. WesBanco, Inc., et al. under Civil Action No. 03-C-472, filed in the Circuit Court of Wood County, West Virginia on October 8, 2003. The suit alleges that a former office manager of the plaintiff converted checks payable to the plaintiff by forging the endorsement of its President, endorsing the instruments in her own right, and depositing such checks

 

15


Table of Contents

into her personal account at the Bank. The Complaint alleges such misconduct over an undetermined period and for an undetermined amount. The suit alleges negligence and conversion claims against the Bank over the deposit of the checks. Through continuing discovery, the Bank has identified a number of checks which were deposited to the personal accounts of the former office manager over a period of approximately 10 years. The Circuit Court has applied a three year statute of limitations to the action and the plaintiff is seeking to extend the applicable statute and the question has been certified to the West Virginia Supreme Court for resolution.

 

The Bank believes that the accounting controls and practices of the plaintiff were primarily at fault and substantially contributed to the loss. The plaintiff’s employee had previously been convicted of criminal fraud and the Bank believes that the failure of the plaintiff to supervise its employee, especially given her prior record, substantially contributed to the loss. Under a comparative fault analysis, the Bank believes that the plaintiff must bear a substantial portion of the loss. Under West Virginia’s comparative fault procedures, if the plaintiff is found to be more than 50% at fault, then the plaintiff may not be permitted a recovery at all in the case.

 

WesBanco is also involved in other lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. There are no such other matters pending that WesBanco expects to be material in relation to its business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None.

 

16


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

WesBanco’s common stock is quoted on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”), under the symbol WSBC. The approximate number of holders of WesBanco’s $2.0833 par value common stock as of December 31, 2005 was 5,732. The number of holders does not include WesBanco employees who have had stock allocated to them through WesBanco’s KSOP. All WesBanco employees who meet the eligibility requirements of the KSOP are included in the Plan.

 

The table below presents for each quarter in 2005 and 2004, the high and low sales price per share as reported by NASDAQ and cash dividends declared per share.

 

     2005

   2004

     High

   Low

   Dividend
Declared


   High

   Low

   Dividend
Declared


Fourth quarter

   $ 32.50    $ 25.59    $ 0.26    $ 32.75    $ 28.75    $ 0.25

Third quarter

     32.00      27.17      0.26      30.48      26.28      0.25

Second quarter

     31.50      24.80      0.26      31.50      24.19      0.25

First quarter

     33.33      25.99      0.26      31.37      26.27      0.25

 

On March 17, 2005, WesBanco formed a wholly-owned trust subsidiary, WesBanco Capital Trust VI, under the laws of Delaware, by issuing $15.0 million in Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due March 17, 2035 to a statutory trust which issued 15,000 shares of trust preferred securities with a liquidation value of $15.0 million, based upon the debenture and a guarantee from WesBanco. In connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, WesBanco Capital Trust VI issued 464 shares of common securities to WesBanco with a liquidation value of $0.5 million. The Trust Preferred Securities were issued and sold in a private placement offering Preferred Term Securities XVII, Ltd. No fee was paid in connection with the private placement. Interest will be paid quarterly at a rate of 6.37% for the first five years, resetting quarterly beginning on March 17, 2010 at a rate equal to the three month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) index plus 1.77%. The debentures mature on March 17, 2035, and may be redeemed at par on or after March 17, 2010, without penalty. A portion of the proceeds received from the issuance was used to fund the acquisition of Winton with the remainder used for general corporate purposes.

 

On June 17, 2004, WesBanco formed two wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, WesBanco Capital Trust IV and V, under the laws of Delaware, by issuing $40.0 million in Floating Rate and Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due June 17, 2034, to two statutory trusts each of which issued 20,000 shares of trust preferred securities each with a liquidation value of $20.0 million, based upon the debentures and a guarantee for each trust from WesBanco. In connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, each trust issued 619 shares of common securities to WesBanco with a liquidation value of $0.6 million. The trust preferred securities were issued and sold in two private placement offerings to Preferred Term Securities XIV, Ltd. with a fee totaling $0.2 million paid to FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in connection with the private placements. For the Floating Rate portion of the issuance totaling $20 million, interest is payable quarterly at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR index plus 2.65%, resetting quarterly. For the Fixed/Floating Rate portion of the issuance totaling $20 million, interest is payable quarterly at an initial rate of 6.91% for the first five years, resetting quarterly beginning on June 17, 2009 at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR index plus 2.65%. The debentures mature on June 17, 2034, and may be redeemed at par on or after June 17, 2009, without penalty. A portion of the proceeds received from the issuances were used to fund the acquisition of Western Ohio with the remainder used for general corporate purposes.

 

On June 19, 2003, WesBanco formed a wholly-owned trust subsidiary, WesBanco Capital Trust II, under the laws of Delaware, by issuing a $13.0 million Junior Subordinated Debenture, due June 30, 2033, to a

 

17


Table of Contents

statutory trust which issued 13,000 shares of trust preferred securities with a liquidation value of $13.0 million, based upon the debenture and a guarantee from WesBanco. In connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities WesBanco Capital Trust II issued 410 common securities to WesBanco with a liquidation value of $0.4 million. The trust preferred securities were issued and sold in a private placement offering to Trapeza CDO III, LLC, with a fee of $0.3 million paid to Trapeza CDO III, LLC in connection with the private placement. Interest is payable quarterly at a rate of 5.80% for the first five years, which will then reset quarterly beginning on June 30, 2008 and thereafter, at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR index plus 3.15%. The debenture matures on June 30, 2033, and may be redeemed on or after June 30, 2008 without penalty.

 

On June 26, 2003, WesBanco formed a wholly-owned trust subsidiary, WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III, under the laws of Connecticut, by issuing a $17.0 million Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due June 26, 2033, to a statutory trust which issued 17,000 shares of trust preferred securities with a liquidation value of $17.0 million, based upon the debenture and a guarantee from WesBanco. In connection with the issuance of the trust preferred securities WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III issued 526 common securities to WesBanco with a liquidation value of $0.5 million. The trust preferred securities were issued and sold in a private placement offering to Preferred Term Securities X, Ltd., with a placement fee of $0.5 million paid to FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. in connection with the private placement. Interest is payable quarterly at a rate of 5.55% for the first five years, which will then reset quarterly beginning on June 26, 2008 and thereafter, at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR index plus 3.10%. The debenture matures on June 26, 2033, and may be redeemed on or after June 26, 2008, without penalty.

 

The debentures and trust preferred securities issued by the trusts discussed above provide that WesBanco has the right to elect to defer the payment of interest on the debentures and trust preferred securities for up to an aggregate of 20 quarterly periods. However, if WesBanco should defer the payment of interest or default on the payment of interest, it may not declare or pay any dividends on its common stock during any such period.

 

For additional disclosures relating to WesBanco’s Trust Preferred Securities, please refer to Note 13, “Junior Subordinated Debt Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Information regarding WesBanco’s compensation plans under which WesBanco’s equity securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2005 is included under Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco had an active one million share repurchase plan approved by the Board on March 16, 2005. The shares are purchased for general corporate purposes, which may include potential acquisitions, dividend reinvestment and employee benefit plans. The timing, price and quantity of purchases are at the discretion of WesBanco, and the plan may be discontinued or suspended at any time.

 

The following table shows the activity in WesBanco’s stock repurchase plan for the quarter ended December 31, 2005:

 

Period


 

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased


 

Average Price

Paid per Share


 

Total Number of

Shares Purchased as

Part of Publicly

Announced Plan


 

Maximum Number of

Shares that May Yet

Be Purchased Under

the Plan


Balance at September 30, 2005

  —       —     —     367,452

October 1, 2005 to October 31, 2005

  17,800   $ 28.84   17,800   349,652

November 1, 2005 to November 30, 2005

  92,762     30.65   92,762   256,890

December 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005

  118,729     30.86   118,729   138,161
   
 

 
   

Total

  229,291   $ 30.62   229,291    
   
 

 
   

 

On January 19, 2006, WesBanco approved a new 1,000,000 share repurchase plan to be used for general corporate purposes when the existing plan is completed.

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following consolidated selected financial data is derived from WesBanco’s audited financial statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2005. The following consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with MD&A of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. All of WesBanco’s acquisitions during the five years ended December 31, 2005, are included in results of operations since their respective dates of acquisition.

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

PER SHARE INFORMATION

                                        

Dividends declared per
common share

   $ 1.04     $ 1.00     $ 0.96     $ 0.935     $ 0.92  

Book value at year end

     18.91       17.77       16.13       15.89       14.46  

Average common shares outstanding—basic

     22,474,645       20,028,248       20,056,849       20,459,122       18,123,851  

Average common shares outstanding—diluted

     22,528,262       20,083,718       20,080,415       20,471,216       18,127,714  

SELECTED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

                                        

Total securities

   $ 992,564     $ 1,133,100     $ 1,176,273     $ 1,163,631     $ 740,384  

Net loans, including loans held for sale

     2,909,923       2,459,049       1,907,303       1,795,805       1,518,909  

Total assets

     4,422,115       4,011,399       3,445,006       3,297,231       2,474,454  

Total deposits

     3,028,324       2,725,934       2,482,082       2,399,956       1,913,458  

Total long term debt and other borrowings

     856,994       799,924       578,984       518,958       279,131  

Junior subordinated debt and trust preferred securities

     87,638       72,174       30,936       12,650       —    

Total shareholders’ equity

     415,230       370,181       318,436       325,171       258,201  

SELECTED RATIOS

                                        

Return on average assets

     0.95 %     1.07 %     1.08 %     1.13 %     1.21 %

Return on average equity

     10.13 %     11.37 %     11.38 %     10.95 %     11.28 %

Dividend payout

     54.74 %     52.63 %     53.33 %     55.00 %     57.50 %

Average equity to average assets

     9.41 %     9.37 %     9.46 %     10.29 %     10.70 %

TRUST ASSETS AT MARKET VALUE

   $ 2,599,463     $ 2,664,795     $ 2,771,656     $ 2,295,737     $ 2,808,862  
     For the years ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

SUMMARY STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                        

Interest income

   $ 224,745     $ 169,436     $ 165,516     $ 176,155     $ 163,939  

Interest expense

     92,434       60,212       62,512       72,555       76,354  
    


 


 


 


 


Net interest income

     132,311       109,224       103,004       103,600       87,585  

Provision for loan losses

     8,045       7,735       9,612       9,359       5,995  
    


 


 


 


 


Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     124,266       101,489       93,392       94,241       81,590  

Non-interest income

     39,133       35,541       33,230       27,852       25,001  

Non-interest expense

     108,920       89,872       81,810       76,647       65,307  
    


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes

     54,479       47,158       44,812       45,446       41,284  

Provision for income taxes

     11,722       8,976       8,682       10,620       12,282  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130     $ 34,826     $ 29,002  
    


 


 


 


 


Earnings per share—basic

   $ 1.90     $ 1.91     $ 1.80     $ 1.70     $ 1.60  
    


 


 


 


 


Earnings per share—diluted

   $ 1.90     $ 1.90     $ 1.80     $ 1.70     $ 1.60  
    


 


 


 


 


 

19


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth unaudited consolidated selected quarterly statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

CONDENSED QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     2005 Quarter ended

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


   March 31,

   June 30,

   September 30,

   December 31,

   Annual
Total


Interest income

   $ 54,884    $ 56,534    $ 56,231    $ 57,096    $ 224,745

Interest expense

     21,383      22,666      23,643      24,742      92,434
    

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     33,501      33,868      32,588      32,354      132,311

Provision for loan losses

     1,843      1,919      2,141      2,142      8,045
    

  

  

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     31,658      31,949      30,447      30,212      124,266

Non-interest income

     8,778      8,872      9,699      9,763      37,112

Net securities gains

     753      1,068      141      59      2,021

Non-interest expense

     27,129      27,493      27,663      26,635      108,920
    

  

  

  

  

Income before income taxes

     14,060      14,396      12,624      13,399      54,479

Provision for income taxes

     2,980      3,138      2,754      2,850      11,722
    

  

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 11,080    $ 11,258    $ 9,870    $ 10,549    $ 42,757
    

  

  

  

  

Earnings per share—basic

   $ 0.48    $ 0.50    $ 0.44    $ 0.48    $ 1.90
    

  

  

  

  

Earnings per share—diluted

   $ 0.48    $ 0.50    $ 0.44    $ 0.48    $ 1.90
    

  

  

  

  

     2004 Quarter ended

     March 31,

   June 30,

   September 30,

   December 31,

   Annual
Total


Interest income

   $ 39,831    $ 40,020    $ 42,858    $ 46,727    $ 169,436

Interest expense

     13,504      13,658      15,585      17,465      60,212
    

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

     26,327      26,362      27,273      29,262      109,224

Provision for loan losses

     1,800      1,496      2,170      2,269      7,735
    

  

  

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     24,527      24,866      25,103      26,993      101,489

Non-interest income

     8,100      7,937      8,052      8,684      32,773

Net securities gains

     661      155      1,219      733      2,768

Non-interest expense

     21,135      21,446      22,173      25,118      89,872
    

  

  

  

  

Income before income taxes

     12,153      11,512      12,201      11,292      47,158

Provision for income taxes

     2,394      2,149      2,173      2,260      8,976
    

  

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 9,759    $ 9,363    $ 10,028    $ 9,032    $ 38,182
    

  

  

  

  

Earnings per share—basic

   $ 0.49    $ 0.48    $ 0.50    $ 0.44    $ 1.91
    

  

  

  

  

Earnings per share—diluted

   $ 0.49    $ 0.48    $ 0.50    $ 0.43    $ 1.90
    

  

  

  

  

 

20


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

The Annual Report on Form 10-K contains financial information other than that provided by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). WesBanco’s management believes these non-GAAP measurements, which exclude the effects of merger-related and restructuring expenses, are essential to a proper understanding of the operating results of WesBanco’s core business largely because they allow investors to see clearly the performance of WesBanco without the restructuring charges included in certain key financial ratios. These non-GAAP measurements are not a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP nor do they necessarily conform to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. These non-GAAP measures should not be compared to non-GAAP performance measures of other companies.

 

NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Net income

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130     $ 34,826     $ 29,002  

Add back: merger-related expenses, net of tax (1)

     347       238       154       1,509       141  

Add back: restructuring expenses, net of tax (1)

     571       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Core operating earnings

   $ 43,675     $ 38,420     $ 36,284     $ 36,335     $ 29,143  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share—basic

   $ 1.90     $ 1.91     $ 1.80     $ 1.70     $ 1.60  

Effects of merger-related expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.02       0.01       0.01       0.07       0.01  

Effects of restructuring expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.03       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Core operating earnings per common share—basic

   $ 1.95     $ 1.92     $ 1.81     $ 1.77     $ 1.61  
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per common share—diluted

   $ 1.90     $ 1.90     $ 1.80     $ 1.70     $ 1.60  

Effects of merger-related expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.02       0.01       0.01       0.07       0.01  

Effects of restructuring expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.03       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Core operating earnings per common share—diluted

   $ 1.95     $ 1.91     $ 1.81     $ 1.77     $ 1.61  
    


 


 


 


 


Return on average assets

     0.95 %     1.07 %     1.08 %     1.13 %     1.21 %

Effects of merger-related expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.01 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.05 %     0.01 %

Effects of restructuring expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    


 


 


 


 


Core return on average assets

     0.97 %     1.08 %     1.08 %     1.18 %     1.22 %
    


 


 


 


 


Return on average equity

     10.13 %     11.37 %     11.38 %     10.95 %     11.28 %

Effects of merger-related expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.08 %     0.07 %     0.05 %     0.47 %     0.05 %

Effects of restructuring expenses, net of tax (1)

     0.14 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    


 


 


 


 


Core return on average equity

     10.35 %     11.44 %     11.43 %     11.42 %     11.33 %
    


 


 


 


 


Efficiency ratio (2)

     60.09 %     58.29 %     56.12 %     54.73 %     55.28 %

Effects of merger-related expenses

     (0.32 )%     (0.26 )%     (0.18 )%     (1.80 )%     (0.20 )%

Effects of restructuring expenses

     (0.53 )%     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    


 


 


 


 


Core efficiency ratio

     59.24 %     58.03 %     55.94 %     52.93 %     55.08 %
    


 


 


 


 



(1) the related income tax expense is calculated using a combined Federal and State income tax rate of 40%.

 

(2) the yield on earning assets, net interest margin, net interest spread and efficiency ratios are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) and annualized basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments. WesBanco believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

 

21


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis represents an overview of the results of operations and financial condition of WesBanco, Inc. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Forward-looking statements in this report relating to WesBanco’s plans, strategies, objectives, expectations, intentions and adequacy of resources, are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The information contained in this report should be read in conjunction with WesBanco’s Form 10-Q’s for the prior quarters ended September 30, 2005, June 30, 2005 and March 31, 2005, filed with the SEC , which are available at the SEC’s website www.sec.gov or at WesBanco’s website, www.wesbanco.com . Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements, which are not historical fact, involve risks and uncertainties, including those detailed under “Risk Factors” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such statements are subject to important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such statements, including without limitation, the effects of changing regional and national economic conditions; changes in interest rates, spreads on earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and associated interest rate sensitivity; sources of liquidity available to the parent company and its related subsidiary operations; potential future credit losses and the credit risk of commercial, real estate, and consumer loan customers and their borrowing activities; actions of the Federal Reserve, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the SEC, the NASDAQ, the National Association of Securities Dealers and other regulatory bodies; potential legislative and federal and state regulatory actions and reform; competitive conditions in the financial services industry; rapidly changing technology affecting financial services and/or other external developments materially impacting WesBanco’s operational and financial performance. WesBanco does not assume any duty to update forward-looking statements.

 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates— WesBanco’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions, and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility.

 

The most significant accounting policies followed by WesBanco are included in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies, along with other Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and this Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has identified the allowance for loan losses and the evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment to be the accounting estimates that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses— The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance is considered a critical

 

22


Table of Contents

accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment about the collectibility of loans and the factors that deserve consideration in estimating probable credit losses. The allowance is increased by a provision charged to operating expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries.

 

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at least quarterly. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates based on quantitative and qualitative factors that may be susceptible to significant change. The evaluation of the allowance includes an assessment of actual loss experience within each category of loans and testing of certain individual loans for impairment. The evaluation also considers the impact of economic trends and conditions in specific industries and geographical markets, which includes levels of unemployment, bankruptcy filings, and other pertinent information; an analysis of industry, property type, geographic or other loan concentrations; and regulatory guidance pertaining to the allowance for loan losses.

 

There are two primary components of the allowance for loan losses. Specific reserves are established for individual commercial and commercial real estate loans over a predetermined amount that are deemed impaired pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” The determination of specific reserves takes into consideration anticipated future cash flows from the borrower to repay the loan, the observable market price for the loan, if any, or the estimated realizable value of the collateral, if any. General reserves are established pursuant to SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” for loans in each category that are not specifically reserved. General reserves are based on historical loss rates with appropriate adjustments to reflect changing economic conditions, delinquency and non-performing loan trends, and other relevant factors. General reserves for commercial and commercial real estate loans are also supported by a migration analysis, which computes historical loss experience sustained on those loans within each internal risk grade.

 

Management relies on observable data from internal and external sources to evaluate each of the factors that are considered in the evaluation of the allowance, adjust assumptions and recognize changing conditions, and reduce differences between estimated and actual observed losses from period to period. The evaluation of the allowance also takes into consideration the inherent imprecision of loss estimation models and techniques and includes general reserves for probable but undetected losses in each category of loans. While WesBanco continually refines and enhances the loss estimation models and techniques it uses to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, there have been no material substantive changes to such models and techniques compared to prior periods. The variability of management’s estimates and assumptions could alter the level of the allowance for loan losses and may have a material impact on WesBanco’s future financial condition and results of operations. While management allocates the allowance to different loan categories, the allowance is general in nature and is available to absorb credit losses for the entire loan portfolio. Please see the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section of this MD&A for more information.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets— In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” WesBanco accounts for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the cost of an acquired business is allocated to each of the individual assets, including separable intangible assets, and liabilities of the business based on their relative fair values at the date of the acquisition, with the excess cost, if any, allocated to goodwill. The difference between the original basis in the asset or liability and the fair market value adjusted basis is amortized or accreted into income over the life of the related asset or liability. At December 31, 2005, the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets was approximately $137.3 million and $10.4 million, respectively, which represents approximately 33.1% and 2.5% of total shareholders’ equity, respectively. As WesBanco continues to acquire additional businesses, goodwill and other intangible assets subject to amortization and/or impairment testing may comprise an even larger percentage of total shareholders’ equity and in turn, increase the risk that its financial position or results of operations could be adversely impacted as discussed below.

 

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are no longer amortized. Intangible assets with finite useful lives,

 

23


Table of Contents

consisting primarily of core deposit intangibles, are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods over their estimated weighted-average useful lives, ranging from seven to eleven years.

 

In the fourth quarter of each year, the carrying value of goodwill is tested for impairment. The evaluation for impairment involves comparing the estimated current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated current fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, no additional testing is required and an impairment loss is not recorded. Otherwise, additional testing is performed and to the extent such additional testing results in a conclusion that the carrying value of goodwill or an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. WesBanco uses market capitalization and multiples of tangible book value methods to determine the estimated current fair value of its reporting units. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of these methods, which may produce results that would be different than the results that could be realized in an actual transaction. Additionally, the application of different methodologies based upon different assumptions could affect the conclusions reached regarding possible impairment.

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives (core deposit intangibles) are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an intangible asset with a finite useful life is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset.

 

In the event WesBanco determined that either its goodwill or finite lived intangible assets were impaired, recognition of an impairment charge could have a significant adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations in the period in which the impairment occurred. Please refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on goodwill and core deposit intangibles.

 

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

 

On January 3, 2005, WesBanco completed its acquisition of Winton and the merger of its main subsidiary, Winton Savings and Loan Company, with and into the Bank. Winton operated through seven branches and two loan production offices prior to its acquisition in the Cincinnati, Ohio Metropolitan market, which expanded WesBanco’s Ohio-based markets further into southwestern Ohio from its previously acquired Springfield/Dayton and Columbus metropolitan market areas. This acquisition furthers WesBanco’s strategy of acquiring institutions and building market share in faster growth, more metropolitan-based markets outside of its core, slower growth West Virginia-based markets. With the acquisition, WesBanco also enhanced its mortgage banking capabilities, particularly secondary market activities, as Winton had established a focus upon such business over the years in addition to having a strong presence in the western portion of Cincinnati in commercial real estate lending.

 

For WesBanco, after completing Winton’s data processing conversion and products/services integration, and adjusting market leadership and employment levels, much of 2005 was devoted to integrating Winton’s businesses and markets into WesBanco’s pre-existing activities. The Bank sold $67.8 million of Winton’s thirty-year fixed rate single family real estate loans in the second quarter to reduce exposure to rising interest rates, combined mortgage banking activities in Cincinnati with a smaller unit acquired in 2004 from the acquisition of Western Ohio, adjusted product offerings to more effectively compete in the marketplace while reducing associated interest rate risk from longer-term fixed rate real estate loans and commitments, and right-sized origination and back office mortgage processing activities to respond to a reduction in volumes as market interest rates rose throughout the year.

 

WesBanco also restructured other portions of its businesses in the third quarter of 2005, announcing a workforce reduction of 76 positions, 37 of which were eliminated through layoffs, with the remaining positions eliminated through attrition. Also, two loan production offices were closed in Pittsburgh and Cincinnati. A $1.0 million pre-tax severance charge was recorded in conjunction with such restructuring. Overall, WesBanco

 

24


Table of Contents

reduced its total full time equivalent employees from 1,358, as of March 31, 2005, after the Winton acquisition, to approximately 1,200 at year-end. WesBanco also announced its intention to sell four branch offices in Ritchie County, West Virginia to another bank. The transaction is expected to close prior to the end of the first quarter of 2006. These branches had approximately $37.7 million in deposits and $20.8 million in net loans at time of announcement. WesBanco anticipates recording a net pre-tax gain of approximately $2.4 million in the first quarter of 2006 from the sale.

 

During the year, WesBanco announced other branch activities, including a combination of two locations in Marietta, Ohio into a new facility to be built in 2006, the combination of three existing branches in Barnesville, Ohio into a new location to be constructed by mid-2006, the relocation of a branch in Kingwood, West Virginia into a newly-opened facility, and a new location in Bexley, Ohio, a suburb of Columbus, which opened late in the fourth quarter. Another suburban Columbus location was consolidated into a pre-existing location in New Albany, Ohio and WesBanco announced plans to relocate its Reynoldsburg, Ohio location in 2006 to a branch to be constructed nearby, in a more commercially active location. Finally, WesBanco will construct in 2006 a new branch in Wheeling, West Virginia in the new Highlands shopping center development, next to a Cabela’s outdoor sporting goods superstore. During 2006, WesBanco may add other locations in Columbus, Ohio, between Cincinnati and Dayton, Ohio, or in southwestern Pennsylvania. Certain branches in slower growth markets may be reviewed in 2006 for potential sale, consolidation or closure.

 

During 2005, WesBanco experienced a declining net interest margin and slower loan and deposit growth primarily due to higher short-term interest rates and a flatter interest rate yield curve, with the spread between 2 and 10 year U.S. Treasuries decreasing from 115 basis points at December 31, 2004 to minus 1 basis point at December 31, 2005. In early 2006, the interest rate yield curve has inverted, with longer-term rates lower than current short-term rates. The federal funds rate, controlled by the Federal Reserve, increased 2.0% during the year to 4.25%, with a further increase in January 2006 to 4.5% and market expectations of at least one or two more 0.25% increases by mid-year.

 

WesBanco’s strategy during 2005 was to control short-term deposit rates on money market demand accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts and certain savings accounts in order to hold down its overall cost of funds while offering competitive certificate of deposit specials in certain non-standard maturities and enhancing a premium savings account. During a period of lower overall commercial loan growth, as total new loan volumes decreased somewhat from 2004’s level, due to fewer mortgage refinancings and overall lower demand as rates increased, WesBanco’s strategy was to protect the net interest margin and as a result, it sought to hold down its cost of deposits. Also, cash flows from investment security paydowns and maturities were used to pay off maturing Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. WesBanco expects to continue such strategies into the first part of 2006, while also using investment security cash flows to fund anticipated loan growth.

 

Another strategy employed during the year was utilizing a new free checking marketing campaign to increase retail and small business non-interest bearing checking accounts, as such accounts are more valuable in periods of rising interest rates. A fourth quarter campaign produced over 8,500 new checking accounts, and overall, total non-interest bearing checking accounts grew approximately $37 million during the year. The new marketing campaign also emphasized a new tag line for WesBanco, “By all accounts, better” emphasizing WesBanco’s focus on superior customer service, developed by a new creative marketing agency hired during the year.

 

WesBanco enhanced its non-interest income during the year by increasing trust and investment income by almost 10.0%, primarily due to new fee schedules, and improving deposit service charge income by 21.0% due to new account activity and promotion of a new overdraft product rolled out in the fourth quarter.

 

WesBanco’s loan quality held steady in 2005 over 2004, with measures of non-performing loans and assets and net charge-offs relatively the same as in 2004, although WesBanco did experience higher net charge-offs in the fourth quarter due to elevated levels of consumer bankruptcies filed in advance of bankruptcy reform legislation taking effect on October 17, 2005.

 

25


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

EARNINGS SUMMARY

 

WesBanco’s earnings for 2005 were $42.8 million or $1.90 per diluted share compared to $38.2 million or $1.90 per diluted share in 2004. The results for 2005 reflect the acquisition of Winton and its subsidiary, Winton Savings and Loan Company from the closing date of the acquisition on January 3, 2005 as well as the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition completed on August 31, 2004. Please refer to Note 3, “Business Combinations” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the Winton and Western Ohio acquisitions. WesBanco’s 2005 financial performance was impacted by a flattening interest rate yield curve, which impacted balance sheet growth and served to reduce the net interest margin. Increased net interest income was primarily the result of the full year impact of the two acquisitions, and non-interest income was also favorably impacted by the acquisitions as well as growth in trust fees, service charges on deposits from a new overdraft product and debit card fees. Offsetting these positive factors were higher operating expenses primarily from the acquisitions, higher income taxes as pre-tax income grew and the effective tax rate increased, and to a lesser degree, a higher provision for possible loan losses. While net income was up 12.0% overall, earnings per share on a diluted basis were flat with the prior year due to the additional shares issued for the acquisitions, net of share repurchase activity. WesBanco’s core operating earnings, a non-GAAP measure defined as net income adjusted for the after-tax impact of any merger-related or restructuring expenses, which measure management uses and believes is essential to obtain a proper understanding of WesBanco’s core operations, were $43.7 million for 2005 as compared to $38.4 million for 2004, a 13.7% increase, with core operating diluted earnings per share calculated on the same basis for 2005 of $1.95 per share versus $1.91 for 2004, a 2.1% increase. Return on average assets was 0.95% and return on average equity was 10.13% for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to 1.07% and 11.37%, in 2004, respectively, with both ratios impacted by lower profitability from the two acquisitions. For 2005, core return on average assets and core return on average equity were 0.97% and 10.35%, respectively. Please refer to Part II, Item 6, “Selected Financial Data” for further information about such non-GAAP measures and a reconciliation to the appropriate GAAP measure.

 

TABLE 1. NET INTEREST INCOME

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 
(dollars in thousands)    2005

    2004

    2003

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 132,311     $ 109,224     $ 103,004  

Taxable equivalent adjustments to net interest income

     9,828       9,428       9,543  
    


 


 


Net interest income, fully taxable equivalent

   $ 142,139     $ 118,652     $ 112,547  
    


 


 


Net interest margin

     3.24 %     3.32 %     3.35 %

Taxable equivalent adjustment

     0.24 %     0.28 %     0.31 %
    


 


 


Net interest margin, fully taxable equivalent

     3.48 %     3.60 %     3.66 %
    


 


 


 

Net interest income, which is WesBanco’s largest source of revenue, is the difference between interest income on earning assets (loans, securities and federal funds sold) and interest expense on liabilities (deposits, short-term and long-term borrowings). Net interest income, which comprised 77.2% of total revenues for 2005 compared to 75.4% for 2004, is affected by the general level and changes in interest rates, the steepness of the yield curve, changes in the amount and composition of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, as well as the frequency of repricing of those assets and liabilities.

 

Net interest income increased in 2005 compared to 2004, due to a $795.0 million increase in average earning assets, somewhat offset by a lower net interest margin, which decreased to 3.48% for 2005 as compared to 3.60% for 2004. The lower net interest margin in 2005 was due to the average yield on interest bearing liabilities increasing at a faster pace than the increase in average yield on earning assets. Additionally, both Winton and Western Ohio historically had lower net interest margins prior to their acquisition. The current rising rate and competitive market environment is also placing upward pressure on deposit rates as WesBanco adjusts

 

26


Table of Contents

its rates based on its liquidity needs and competition for deposits by other institutions. Earning asset yields from loans and investments are not increasing as rapidly due both to WesBanco’s slight liability sensitive position (see “Market Risk” in Item 7A. Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk) and continuing competitive rate pressure from both new and existing loan customers. These factors impacted net interest spread by 13 basis points.

 

Interest income increased in 2005 compared to 2004, due to an increase in the yield on average earning assets. As shown in Table 2, the yield on average earning assets for 2005 increased by 31 basis points to 5.74% from 5.43% in 2004. The increased yield was due to the realization of higher rates on new earning assets and the repricing of existing earning assets. The increase in average earning assets for 2005 was due primarily to the Winton and Western Ohio acquisitions, and to net organic growth in commercial real estate and mortgage loans, which was partially offset by the sale of approximately $67.8 million of loans. Total average loans as a percentage of total average earning assets increased to 72.2% in 2005 compared to 64.8% for 2004. Although the Federal Reserve increased short-term interest rates by 200 basis points in 2005, WesBanco’s loan portfolio net yield has not improved commensurately, with overall yield up 26 basis points to 6.04% as the variable portion of the loan portfolio does not reprice to the higher interest rates as quickly due to certain variable rate loans having initial fixed rate terms or interest rate adjustments that may not take effect immediately. Also the portion of the loan portfolio that is considered fixed has increased due to the acquisition of the two thrift institutions, both of which had a greater portion of fixed rate real estate loans as compared to WesBanco’s preexisting loan portfolio.

 

The average yield on the investment portfolio increased to 4.97% for 2005 compared to 4.83% for 2004. During 2005, the investment portfolio saw reduced activity, as WesBanco did not purchase any significant quantity of new investment securities after mid-year to replace proceeds from maturities, prepayments, calls or sales. WesBanco shifted its strategy with the narrowing of the interest rate yield curve and the increased cost of borrowings as short-term interest rates rose faster than replacement investment security yields. As a result, WesBanco used such proceeds to pay down short-term borrowings during the year or to fund the $51.5 million organic net increase in loans. This strategy was accomplished to support the net interest margin and reduce overall reliance on short-term borrowings, while sacrificing some net interest income that may have occurred if the investment portfolio had been held relatively constant with year-end 2004 levels.

 

Interest expense increased in 2005 compared to 2004, as shown in Table 2, due a higher volume of total deposits from the acquisitions and due to the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities for 2005 increasing 44 basis points to 2.52%, compared to 2.08% for 2004. The increase in rates paid on interest bearing liabilities was primarily due to WesBanco increasing rates on deposit products in response to competitive pressures in a rising rate environment, and a shift in mix to higher costing certificates of deposit and a premium savings product due to customer preference and a higher orientation to these products from the acquisitions. Neither of the thrifts prior to their acquisitions had comparable percentages of lower costing transaction accounts versus WesBanco’s pre-acquisition percentages.

 

Money market demand accounts (“MMDAs”) decreased throughout 2005 as competitive offerings and teaser rates from other institutions, as well as WesBanco’s desire to protect the net interest margin resulted in a reduction of $143.5 million in such MMDA balances. A portion of such accounts reprice as prime increases, but the other tiers are priced at management’s discretion. Much of this reduction was captured in increased savings deposits, up $100.0 million, as a new premium savings product was introduced and marketed across all regions. Also contributing to a higher cost of funds were higher levels of wholesale borrowings, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, overnight federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements, and junior subordinated debt created from WesBanco’s issuance of trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust. As rates rose, WesBanco reduced its percentage of short-term and FHLB borrowings from 20.6% of total assets at the end of the first quarter after the Winton acquisition to 19.4% at year end.

 

WesBanco expects further contraction in the net interest margin in 2006 if short-term rates continue to rise or if the net interest yield curve remains flat or inverts for a period of time. For further discussion, please see Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

 

27


Table of Contents

TABLE. 2 AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS

 

    For the years ended December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

 

(dollars in thousands)


  Average
Volume


  Interest

  Average
Rate


    Average
Volume


  Interest

  Average
Rate


    Average
Volume


  Interest

  Average
Rate


 

ASSETS

                                                     

Due from banks-interest bearing

  $ 4,165   $ 68   1.63 %   $ 3,227   $ 31   0.96 %   $ 1,785   $ 3   0.17 %

Loans, net of unearned income (1)

    2,950,987     178,291   6.04 %     2,134,181     123,270   5.78 %     1,845,311     115,311   6.25 %

Securities: (2)

                                                     

Taxable

    711,635     28,093   3.95 %     767,750     28,512   3.71 %     830,731     32,246   3.87 %

Tax-exempt (3)

    418,904     28,080   6.70 %     379,175     26,937   7.10 %     372,991     27,265   7.31 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities

    1,130,539     56,173   4.97 %     1,146,925     55,449   4.83 %     1,203,722     59,511   4.94 %

Federal funds sold

    1,377     41   2.98 %     7,946     114   1.43 %     20,451     234   1.14 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total earning assets (3)

    4,087,068     234,573   5.74 %     3,292,279     178,864   5.43 %     3,071,269     175,059   5.70 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

    399,992                 292,175                 283,971            
   

             

             

           

Total Assets

  $ 4,487,060               $ 3,584,454               $ 3,355,240            
   

             

             

           

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                     

Interest bearing demand deposits

  $ 329,498   $ 1,700   0.52 %   $ 299,746   $ 907   0.30 %   $ 286,432   $ 998   0.35 %

Money market accounts

    523,285     10,011   1.91 %     575,594     9,731   1.69 %     542,002     10,879   2.01 %

Savings deposits

    457,613     3,411   0.75 %     355,678     1,129   0.32 %     358,461     1,893   0.53 %

Certificates of deposit

    1,381,090     43,057   3.12 %     981,325     27,819   2.83 %     957,759     30,969   3.23 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

    2,691,486     58,179   2.16 %     2,212,343     39,586   1.79 %     2,144,654     44,739   2.09 %

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

    670,157     22,871   3.41 %     445,622     15,204   3.41 %     355,960     13,932   3.91 %

Other borrowings

    214,710     6,324   2.95 %     176,783     2,482   1.40 %     175,909     2,398   1.36 %

Junior subordinated debt

    84,418     5,060   5.99 %     53,242     2,940   5.52 %     22,260     1,443   6.48 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

    3,660,771     92,434   2.52 %     2,887,990     60,212   2.08 %     2,698,783     62,512   2.32 %
         

             

             

     

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

    370,448                 327,754                 301,033            

Other liabilities

    33,824                 32,919                 37,933            

Shareholders’ Equity

    422,017                 335,791                 317,491            
   

             

             

           

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 4,487,060               $ 3,584,454               $ 3,355,240            
   

             

             

           

Net interest spread

              3.22 %               3.35 %               3.38 %

Taxable equivalent net interest margin (3)

        $ 142,139   3.48 %         $ 118,652   3.60 %         $ 112,547   3.66 %
         

             

             

     

(1) Total loans are gross of the allowance for loan losses, net of unearned income and include loans held for sale. Non-accrual loans were included in the average volume for the entire period. Loan fees included in interest income on loans totaled $3.8 million, $2.9 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively

 

(2) Average yields on securities available-for-sale have been calculated based on amortized cost.

 

(3) The yield on earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) and annualized basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35% for each period presented. WesBanco believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

 

28


Table of Contents

TABLE 3. RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE (1)

 

     2005 Compared to 2004

    2004 Compared to 2003

 

(in thousands)


   Volume

    Rate

    Net Increase
(Decrease)


    Volume

    Rate

    Net Increase
(Decrease)


 

Increase (decrease) in interest income:

                                                

Due from banks-interest bearing

   $ 13     $ 24     $ 37     $ 4     $ 24     $ 28  

Loans, net of unearned income

     49,200       5,821       55,021       18,219       (10,260 )     7,959  

Taxable securities

     (2,199 )     1,780       (419 )     (2,246 )     (1,488 )     (3,734 )

Tax-exempt securities (2)

     2,708       (1,565 )     1,143       475       (803 )     (328 )

Federal funds sold

     (138 )     65       (73 )     (168 )     48       (120 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest income change (2)

     49,584       6,125       55,709       16,284       (12,479 )     3,805  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Increase (decrease) in interest expense:

                                                

Interest bearing demand deposits

     96       697       793       65       (156 )     (91 )

Money market

     (933 )     1,213       280       822       (1,970 )     (1,148 )

Savings deposits

     405       1,877       2,282       (12 )     (752 )     (764 )

Certificates of deposit

     12,196       3,042       15,238       913       (4,063 )     (3,150 )

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     7,655       12       7,667       3,447       (2,175 )     1,272  

Other borrowings

     625       3,217       3,842       28       56       84  

Junior subordinated debt

     1,849       271       2,120       1,876       (379 )     1,497  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total interest expense change

     21,893       10,329       32,222       7,139       (9,439 )     (2,300 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net interest income increase (decrease) (2)

   $ 27,691     $ (4,204 )   $ 23,487     $ 9,145     $ (3,040 )   $ 6,105  
    


 


 


 


 


 



(1) Changes to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and volume on a proportionate dollar basis.

 

(2) The yield on earning assets and the net interest margin are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent (FTE) and annualized basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax benefit of income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments using the federal statutory tax rate of 35% for each period presented. WesBanco believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and provides relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The provision for loan losses is determined by management as the amount to be added to the allowance for loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted to bring the allowance to a level considered appropriate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $0.3 million or 4.0% to $8.0 million compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase primarily reflects the inherent risk of probable loss associated with organic growth during the year, heightened consumer bankruptcies experienced in the third and fourth quarters, and other factors considered when determining the level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

On January 25, 2006, WesBanco was notified by the lead lender of a default on a $5 million commercial loan participation, which prompted the loan to be classified as substandard and placed on non-accrual subsequent to December 31, 2005. The allowance for loan losses was considered adequate to absorb a probable loss on this loan based on information available at that time. Wesbanco anticipates no significant impact upon the provision for loan losses during the first quarter of 2006, but will continue to actively monitor this loan for future developments. For additional information on the provision for loan losses, see the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section of “Loans and Credit Risk” included in this MD&A.

 

29


Table of Contents

TABLE 4. NON-INTEREST INCOME

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


   $ Change

    % Change

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

    

Trust fees

   $ 14,305    $ 13,056    $ 1,249     9.6 %

Service charges on deposits

     11,534      9,550      1,984     20.8 %

Bank-owned life insurance

     2,844      2,962      (118 )   (4.0 )%

Net securities gains

     2,021      2,768      (747 )   (27.0 )%

Net gains on sale of loans

     1,016      350      666     190.3 %

Other income

     7,413      6,855      558     8.1 %
    

  

  


 

Total non-interest income

   $ 39,133    $ 35,541    $ 3,592     10.1 %
    

  

  


 

 

Non-interest income is a significant source of revenue and an important part of WesBanco’s results of operations. WesBanco offers its customers a wide range of retail, commercial, investment and electronic banking services, which are viewed as a vital component of WesBanco’s strategy of retaining and attracting customers, as well as providing additional non-interest income to WesBanco. In 2005, non-interest income comprised 22.8% of total net revenues compared to 24.6% in 2004. Both acquired companies had lower non-interest income to total net revenue ratios prior to their acquisition. For this purpose, net revenues are computed by dividing non-interest income by the total of non-interest income and net interest income.

 

Trust fees, which are generally driven by the market value of assets under management, increased in 2005 although the market value of assets under management decreased from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2004 to $2.6 billion at December 31, 2005. The increase in trust fees was primarily driven by the introduction of a new fee schedule in July 2005. Service charges on deposits increased to $11.5 million from $9.6 million in 2004 due to growth in deposit accounts as a result of the Winton acquisition and a successful fourth-quarter marketing campaign, an increase in fees, the introduction of a new overdraft protection product and the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition.

 

Bank-owned life insurance income decreased slightly in 2005 compared to 2004, as yields earned on the underlying insurance company general investment portfolios decreased from the prior year. Net securities gains for 2005 decreased compared to 2004. Net gains in 2005 were mostly from the sale of securities that were expected to underperform in a period of rising rates, primarily from duration and average maturity extension risk. In addition, WesBanco sold a portion of the investment securities acquired from Winton. Approximately, $1.1 million in gains were recorded from two equity securities for institutions that were sold in 2005. During 2004, WesBanco sold certain mortgage-backed securities and callable agency securities exhibiting high prepayment rates that would indicate extension risk in a rising rate environment. WesBanco also sold a portion of the acquired investment securities from the 2004 Western Ohio acquisition in order to re-align the acquired investment portfolio. Also included in realized security gains in 2004 was a pre-tax gain of $0.9 million on the sale of common equity securities for an institution involved in a merger.

 

In 2005, WesBanco sold $76.6 million in loans to the secondary market compared to $27.4 million in 2004. Included in other income were $1.0 million in net gains on the sales of these mortgage loans compared to $0.3 million for 2004. WesBanco sold approximately 16% of all closed mortgage loan activity in 2005.

 

WesBanco anticipates non-interest income in 2006 will be increased by approximately $2.4 million due to the sale of four branches with $37.7 million in deposits and $20.8 million in net loans as of the date of announcement in September, 2005. The sale is expected to close before the end of the first quarter, and is part of WesBanco’s continuing branch optimization program of analyzing smaller, slower growth branch locations for sale, renovation, merger with a nearby office or closure. The branch sales were considered to be part of continuing operations, as management considered factors such as the branches being operated as part of a larger regional market encompassing the Parkersburg/Marietta metropolitan service area, the locations were relatively isolated from the main portion of the market and in very small rural communities, and WesBanco has the ability to continue

 

30


Table of Contents

marketing to those customers through mass media, internet and ATMs, if the company so chooses. Consumer installment and residential loans, as well as certain small business loans from the branches are being sold to the acquirer but in total amounts representing approximately one half of the deposit liabilities being transferred.

 

TABLE 5. NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


   $ Change

   % Change

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

     

Salaries and wages

   $ 41,799    $ 35,530    $ 6,269    17.6 %

Employee benefits

     14,491      11,863      2,628    22.2 %

Net occupancy

     7,167      5,763      1,404    24.4 %

Equipment

     8,381      7,728      653    8.4 %

Core deposit intangible

     2,667      1,371      1,296    94.5 %

Merger-related and other restructuring expenses

     1,530      397      1,133    285.4 %

Other operating

     32,885      27,220      5,665    20.8 %
    

  

  

  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 108,920    $ 89,872    $ 19,048    21.2 %
    

  

  

  

 

WesBanco continually strives to expand its product and service offerings by investing in new and improved technology, expanding its ATM and branch networks into new larger high growth metropolitan markets, upgrading existing branches, forming strategic alliances, and developing new and innovative products and services designed to enhance customers’ overall banking experience. In 2005, WesBanco expanded its branch network from 80 branches at December 31, 2004 to 85 branches at December 31, 2005 through the addition of seven branches as a result of the Winton acquisition, which was offset by the closing of two previously existing offices plus two loan production offices. An ongoing commitment to customer satisfaction and expansion into new larger high growth metropolitan markets typically results in higher expenses. Accordingly, non-interest expenses increased $19.0 million or 21.2% over 2004, which includes the effects of the Winton acquisition and the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition.

 

Salaries and wages increased to $41.8 million in 2005 from $35.5 million in 2004 due to the acquisition of Winton and normal salary increases. Full-time equivalent employees (“FTEs”) increased from 1,209 at December 31, 2004 to 1,358 following the acquisition of Winton as of March 31, 2005. During the third and fourth quarters of 2005, WesBanco eliminated a number of positions pursuant to a restructuring plan announced in the third quarter, resulting in FTEs of 1,200 at December 31, 2005. A $1.0 million severance charge was recorded in connection with the restructuring, which is included in merger-related and other restructuring expenses and is the primary reason for the increase. The remainder of the costs in both years was related to the two acquisitions.

 

Employee benefits were $14.5 million in 2005 compared to $11.9 million in 2004 as a direct result of the increase in FTEs discussed above as well as an increase in health insurance costs. The increase consisted primarily of a $0.6 million increase in payroll taxes, $0.6 million increase in retirement benefits and $1.3 million increase in health insurance costs.

 

Net occupancy expense, which is comprised of utility costs, facilities rental, repairs and maintenance and depreciation expenses increased to $7.2 million in 2005 compared to $5.8 million in 2004 due primarily to the Winton acquisition and the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition.

 

Equipment expense, which is comprised of equipment rental, repairs and maintenance and depreciation expenses increased to $8.4 million in 2005 compared to $7.7 million in 2004 due primarily to the acquisitions.

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible assets increased to $2.7 million in 2005 from $1.4 million in 2004 due to the Winton acquisition and the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition.

 

31


Table of Contents

Other operating expenses increased $5.7 million to $32.9 million in 2005 compared to $27.2 million in 2004. The increase is comprised of a $1.0 million increase in miscellaneous taxes, a $1.4 million increase in marketing expenses, a $1.0 million increase in communications costs, a $0.8 million increase in professional fees and $1.5 million increase in various other areas, including electronic banking activity, postage expenses and operations losses. Except for the increase in marketing expense, the increases are due primarily to the Winton acquisition and the full year impact of the Western Ohio acquisition. The increase in marketing expense is primarily attributable to the new branding and free checking campaigns introduced in October of 2005.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for federal and West Virginia state income taxes was $11.7 million in 2005 compared to $9.0 million in 2004, resulting in an effective tax rate of 21.5% in 2005 compared to 19.0% in 2004. The effective tax rate for 2006 is projected to be approximately 22.0% to 22.5%. Federal income tax expense increased $2.6 million to $11.1 million in 2005 from $8.5 million in 2004 primarily due to an increase in pre-tax income and lower tax-exempt income as a percentage of total income. West Virginia income tax expense, which is calculated using a statutory rate of 9%, and is based on federal taxable income subject to certain modifications, totaled $0.7 million in 2005 compared to $0.5 million for 2004. WesBanco is not subject to income taxes in Ohio and Pennsylvania but does pay corporate franchise taxes in those states, which is included in other operating expenses.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

TABLE 6. COMPOSITION OF SECURITIES (1)

 

    December 31,

    2005-2004

    2003

 

(dollars in thousands)


  2005

    2004

    $ Change

    % Change

   

Securities available-for-sale (at fair value):

                                     

U.S. Treasury

  $ 11,397     $ —       $ 11,397     100.0 %   $ —    

Other government agencies and corporations

    248,111       314,399       (66,288 )   (21.1 )%     387,419  

Mortgage-backed securities

    295,822       397,341       (101,519 )   (25.5 )%     348,080  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    36,227       42,497       (6,270 )   (14.8 )%     17,944  

Corporate debt and equity securities

    11,614       11,083       531     4.8 %     13,440  
   


 


 


 

 


Total securities available-for-sale

    603,171       765,320       (162,149 )   (21.2 )%     766,883  
   


 


 


 

 


Securities held-to-maturity (at amortized cost):

                                     

Other government agencies and corporations

    —         —         —       —   %     39,574  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    389,393       367,780       21,613     5.9 %     369,816  
   


 


 


 

 


Total securities held-to-maturity

    389,393       367,780       21,613     5.9 %     409,390  
   


 


 


 

 


Total securities

  $ 992,564     $ 1,133,100     $ (140,536 )   (12.4 )%   $ 1,176,273  
   


 


 


 

 


Available-for-sale securities:

                                     

Weighted average yield at the respective year end

    3.96 %     3.95 %                   3.90 %

As a % of total securities

    60.8 %     67.5 %                   65.2 %

Weighted average life (in years)

    3.1       3.0                     3.3  

Held-to-maturity securities:

                                     

Weighted average yield at the respective year end

    6.53 %     6.70 %                   6.51 %

As a % of total securities

    39.2 %     32.5 %                   34.8 %

Weighted average life (in years)

    4.8       5.1                     4.9  

(1) At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and certain federal or federally-related agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of WesBanco’s shareholders’ equity.

 

32


Table of Contents

Total investment securities, which represent a source of liquidity for WesBanco as well as a contributor to interest income, decreased 12.4% from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005. A portion of the cash flows from the investment portfolio were used to fund new loans with higher yields and to paydown FHLB advances. For 2005, the investment portfolio’s yield on a tax equivalent basis was 4.97% which was slightly higher than 2004’s yield of 4.83%. For 2005, cash flows from the portfolio due to calls, maturities and prepayments decreased to $270.7 million, which was lower than the $318.4 million for 2004. Likewise, proceeds from sales decreased from $161.0 million in 2004 to $129.0 million in 2005. As a result of 2005 investment security sales and reduced reinvestment or purchase opportunities, the percentage of investment securities in the available-for-sale category decreased during the year to 60.8% from 67.5% at year-end 2004.

 

At December 31, 2005, total unamortized premium and discount on the investment portfolio, as a percentage of the total investment portfolio, was 0.59% and 1.74%, respectively, compared to 0.64% and 1.60% at December 31, 2004, respectively. The premium amortization on the investment portfolio recorded as a reduction to interest income for 2005 was $3.4 million, down from the $5.5 million experienced in 2004. Total premium on the investment portfolio, which relates primarily to collateralized mortgage obligations, mortgage-backed securities and federal agency securities in the available-for-sale portion of the investment portfolio, is subject to increased amortization in times of accelerated prepayments. The discount accretion on the investment portfolio recorded into income was $1.8 million for 2005 and 2004. The discount primarily relates to obligations of states and political subdivisions, which have longer average maturities, comprising 84.3% of the total discount.

 

At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had $226.1 million in investment securities in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and $432.8 million in investment securities in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months, compared to $432.3 and $89.8 million for the same categories at December 31, 2004, respectively. WesBanco believes that all of the unrealized securities losses at December 31, 2005, are considered temporary impairment losses due to the securities having lower interest rates than current market interest rates rather than such securities experiencing credit downgrades. Accordingly, no impairment loss has been recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in 2005. Please refer to Note 4, “Securities,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

 

Unrealized pre-tax gains and losses on available-for-sale securities (fair value adjustments) reflected a $12.3 million market loss as of December 31, 2005, compared to a $1.6 million market loss as of December 31, 2004. These fair value adjustments represent temporary fluctuations resulting from changes in market rates in relation to average yields in the available-for-sale portfolio and on an after-tax basis are accounted for as an adjustment to other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. WesBanco may impact the magnitude of the fair value adjustment by managing both the volume and average maturities of securities that are classified as available-for-sale as well as the portion of new investments allocated to this category versus the held-to-maturity portfolio. If these securities were held to their respective maturity dates, no fair value gain or loss would be realized.

 

33


Table of Contents

TABLE 7. MATURITY DISTRIBUTION AND YIELD ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES

 

     December 31, 2005

 
     Within One Year

    After One But
Within Five Years


    After Five But
Within Ten Years


    After Ten Years

 

(dollars in thousands)


   Amount

   Yield*

    Amount

   Yield*

    Amount

   Yield*

    Amount

   Yield*

 

Securities available-for-sale: (2)

                                                    

U.S. Treasury

   $ 11,400    4.12 %   $ —      —   %   $ —      —   %   $ —      —   %

Other government agencies and corporations

     47,037    3.54 %     181,499    3.69 %     23,901    3.81 %     —      —    

Mortgage-backed securities (3)

     3,360    4.19 %     263,548    4.05 %     33,802    4.31 %     4,518    5.21 %

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (1)

     9,351    3.65 %     3,750    3.95 %     6,382    5.57 %     17,067    5.29 %

Corporate debt and equity securities

     —      —         6,140    3.38 %     —      —         3,694    4.49 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total securities available-for-sale

     71,148    3.68 %     454,937    3.89 %     64,085    4.25 %     25,279    5.16 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Securities held-to-maturity (at amortized cost):

                                                    

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (1)

     4,267    7.59 %     29,479    6.66 %     137,533    6.62 %     218,114    6.43 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total securities

   $ 75,415    3.90 %   $ 484,416    4.06 %   $ 201,618    5.87 %   $ 243,393    6.30 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  


 * Yields are calculated using a weighted-average yield to maturity.

 

(1) Average yields on obligations of states and political subdivisions have been calculated on a taxable equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%.

 

(2) Maturity amounts and average yields on securities available-for-sale have been calculated based on amortized cost.

 

(3) Mortgage-backed securities, which have prepayment provisions, are assigned to maturity categories based on estimated average lives.

 

LOANS AND CREDIT RISK

 

The loan portfolio is WesBanco’s single largest balance sheet asset classification and the largest source of interest income. The risk that borrowers will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations and default on loans is inherent in all lending activities. In addition to the inherent risk of a change in a borrower’s repayment capacity, economic conditions and other factors beyond WesBanco’s control can adversely impact credit risk. WesBanco’s primary goal in managing credit risk is to minimize the impact of default by an individual borrower or group of borrowers. Credit risk is managed through the initial underwriting process as well as through ongoing monitoring and administration that varies by the type of loan. WesBanco’s credit policies establish standard underwriting guidelines for each type of loan and require an appropriate evaluation of the credit characteristics of each borrower. This evaluation includes the borrower’s repayment capacity; the adequacy of collateral, if any, to secure the loan; and other factors unique to each loan that may increase or mitigate its risk.

 

WesBanco’s loan portfolio consists of the five major types of loans set forth in Table 8. WesBanco makes loans for business and consumer purposes. Business purpose loans consist of commercial and industrial loans as well as commercial real estate loans, while consumer purpose loans consist of residential real estate loans, home equity and other consumer loans. Loans held for sale may include both business purpose and consumer purpose loans. Each type of loan entails certain distinct elements of risk that impact the manner in which those loans are underwritten, monitored, and administered. The elements of risk that are distinct to a particular type of loans are explained further throughout this section of MD&A.

 

34


Table of Contents

TABLE 8. COMPOSITION OF LOANS

 

    December 31,

 
    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

(dollars in thousands)


  Amount

  % of
Total


    Amount

  % of
Total


    Amount

  % of
Total


    Amount

  % of
Total


    Amount

  % of
Total


 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 417,161   14.2 %   $ 409,904   16.5 %   $ 369,786   19.1 %   $ 306,071   16.8 %   $ 271,269   17.6 %

Commercial real estate

    1,118,342   38.0 %     898,140   36.1 %     623,243   32.2 %     504,902   27.7 %     342,337   22.2 %

Residential real estate

    929,823   31.6 %     771,337   31.0 %     577,362   29.9 %     569,095   31.3 %     501,916   32.6 %

Home equity

    175,651   6.0 %     148,486   6.0 %     111,981   5.8 %     117,964   6.5 %     98,400   6.4 %

Consumer

    271,100   9.2 %     257,499   10.3 %     249,425   12.9 %     318,129   17.4 %     320,251   20.8 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans

    2,912,077   99.0 %     2,485,366   99.9 %     1,931,797   99.9 %     1,816,161   99.7 %     1,534,173   99.6 %

Loans held for sale

    28,803   1.0 %     3,169   0.1 %     1,741   0.1 %     4,724   0.3 %     5,522   0.4 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 2,940,880   100.0 %   $ 2,488,535   100.0 %   $ 1,933,538   100.0 %   $ 1,820,885   100.0 %   $ 1,539,695   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) Loans are presented gross of the allowance for loan losses, net of unearned income on consumer loans and unamortized net deferred loan fees.

 

The increase in total portfolio loans between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 reflects the Winton merger and organic growth in commercial real estate and consumer loans, net of the impact of loan sales and other risk reduction strategies. Acquired growth is entirely attributed to loans acquired in the Winton merger, which consisted primarily of commercial real estate, residential real estate, and home equity loans. Organic growth was fueled by continued penetration into new markets, expansion of existing commercial and industrial and commercial real estate customer relationships as a result of increased calling efforts on current and prospective customers in all markets, renewed focus on direct consumer lending, and new indirect lending opportunities. Approximately $20.8 million of loans attributed to the Ritchie County branch offices were reclassified to held for sale, thereby decreasing all types of portfolio loans at December 31, 2005.

 

Commercial and industrial loan growth was tempered by the interest rate environment, higher energy costs and renewed concerns that the anticipated economic recovery is not as strong or sustainable, which may have constrained business expansion and new capital expenditures. Some of the organic growth during 2005 was offset by planned exits of approximately $8.0 million of floor plan loans.

 

Commercial real estate markets remained strong in all markets during 2005 despite rising interest rates as investors continued to view investments in real estate as attractive. Continued penetration into the Columbus, Ohio and upper Ohio Valley markets accounted for most of the organic growth in commercial real estate loans. Included in commercial real estate are construction loans totaling $82.7 million or 7.4% of total commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $54.0 million at December 31, 2004. This increase in construction lending resulted from new residential development primarily in and around the Columbus market as well as other parts of Ohio. Certain under-performing commercial real estate loans with a market value of $6.0 million were reclassified to held for sale at December 31, 2005 as part of WesBanco’s ongoing risk reduction strategies.

 

Residential real estate loans declined despite an increase in lending volume in 2005. New loans originated for the portfolio approximated $182.0 million in 2005 compared to $166.0 million in 2004. This increase in volume was driven by consumers seeking to lock in attractive interest rates in anticipation of a rising interest rate environment. Residential real estate loans were also reduced by the strategic sale from the portfolio of $67.8 million of fixed rate loans in the second quarter of 2005. WesBanco began placing greater emphasis on originating loans for sale in the secondary market to meet consumer demand for fixed rates without exacerbating the interest rate risk of retaining such loans in the portfolio. Included in residential real estate loans are

 

35


Table of Contents

construction loans totaling $20.4 million at December 31, 2005 and $9.5 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in residential construction loans is attributable to the favorable interest rate environment that existed for most of the year.

 

Home equity lines of credit decreased slightly despite marketing campaigns aimed at increasing this type of lending. While home equity lending remains an attractive form of financing for many consumers, the maturation of the product’s life cycle combined with many consumers taking advantage of the low interest rate environment to consolidate their revolving debt into a single mortgage limited new growth in 2005. Average usage of active home equity lines of credit was generally in the range of 55% in 2004 and 2005.

 

Consumer loans increased after several consecutive years of declining balances as a result of an increased focus on direct consumer lending and expansion of the indirect portfolio into recreational vehicle loans originated by regional brokers. This new source of indirect lending helped reverse recent declines in automobile lending that resulted from manufacturers offering zero-percent or low interest rate automobile financing.

 

WesBanco generally extends credit to borrowers that are primarily located within the market areas where WesBanco has branch offices. There are no significant loans to commercial and industrial borrowers or loans to finance commercial real estate located outside of WesBanco’s market areas unless the borrower also has significant other loan, deposit, trust or other business relationships with WesBanco. Purchased pools of residential real estate loans include properties located within and outside of WesBanco’s markets. The Western Ohio and Winton mergers, as well as continued organic growth in Columbus, Ohio market have diversified the geographic distribution of the loan portfolio, which was previously more focused within West Virginia.

 

LOAN COMMITMENTS

 

Loan commitments, which are not reported on the balance sheet, consist of available balances under lines and letters of credit for both business and consumer purpose loans. This includes commercial and industrial lines of credit, home equity and other consumer lines of credit, commercial and residential construction loans, and commercial and standby letters of credit. Beginning in 2005, loan commitments also include obligations pursuant to a new deposit account overdraft protection program initially made available to consumer depositors. Loan commitments are summarized in Table 9.

 

TABLE 9. COMPOSITION OF LOAN COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31,

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

Lines of credit:

                                  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 187,666    $ 177,316    $ 153,878    $ 118,340    $ 137,655

Commercial real estate

     122,561      114,551      60,884      43,201      27,565

Residential real estate

     18,755      10,838      4,796      4,376      3,356

Home equity

     144,126      118,297      96,350      89,238      76,234

Consumer

     12,510      10,322      9,814      6,815      6,613

Letters of credit

     41,351      42,003      31,579      29,088      18,263

Deposit account overdraft limits

     42,016      —        —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio loans

     568,985      473,327      357,301      291,058      269,686

Loans held for sale

     2,595      —        —        —        —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total loans

   $ 571,580    $ 473,327    $ 357,301    $ 291,058    $ 269,686
    

  

  

  

  

 

The increase in commitments to extend credit between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 is the result of growth in commercial and industrial lines of credit, commercial real estate and residential real estate

 

36


Table of Contents

construction loans as well as the new overdraft protection program. Loan commitments acquired in the Winton merger approximated $46.0 million and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit and commercial real estate construction loans.

 

Commercial lines of credit and letters of credit are generally renewable or may be cancelled annually by WesBanco. However, lines of credit and letters of credit may also be committed for more than one year when appropriate. Home equity and other consumer lines of credit are generally available to the borrower beyond one year. Construction loan commitments are generally available to the borrower for up to one year for residential construction loans, but may extend beyond one year for certain types of commercial real estate projects. All loan commitments are cancelable by WesBanco regardless of their duration under certain circumstances.

 

Overdraft protection limits are established for demand deposit accounts that meet the criteria for eligibility and represent potential loan balances. While these limits generally permit automatic advances when sufficient collected balances are not available, such advances are subject to WesBanco’s discretion and may be suspended or cancelled at any time.

 

CREDIT RISK—BUSINESS PURPOSE LOANS

 

Most business purpose loans are originated directly by WesBanco. At times, WesBanco may also participate in syndicated loans originated by other lending institutions, including Shared National Credits, which are defined by banking regulatory agencies as lending arrangements with three or more participating financial institutions and credit exceeding $20 million in the aggregate. WesBanco conducts its own customary credit evaluation before purchasing or participating in these loans. The risks associated with syndicated loans are similar to those of directly originated business loans, however additional risk may arise from limited ability to control actions of the syndicate or the lead lender.

 

WesBanco maintains a loan grading system that categorizes business loans according to their level of credit risk. The risk grading system defines each borrower’s ability to repay their loan obligations and other factors that affect the quality of each loan. All business purpose loans are assigned a grade at their inception, and grades are regularly reviewed and evaluated. Borrowers are required to furnish WesBanco with periodic financial statements and other information when appropriate depending on the size and type of loan, such as accounts receivable aging reports and rent rolls for investor-owned commercial real estate, to facilitate regular reviews of their repayment capacity. Credit risk is monitored by performing regular periodic reviews of borrowing relationships over a predetermined amount subsequent to their origination, which includes verifying each borrower’s compliance with applicable loan covenants. When the risk of a loan increases beyond that which is considered acceptable in the assigned grade, its grade is adjusted to reflect the change in risk. The loan grading system provides management with an effective early warning system of potential problems, assists in identifying adverse trends and evaluating the overall quality of the portfolio, and facilitates evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

Commercial and Industrial— Commercial and industrial loans consist of revolving lines of credit to finance accounts receivable, inventory and other working capital requirements, and term loans to finance fixed assets other than real estate for a wide variety of businesses.

 

The primary factors that are considered in underwriting commercial and industrial borrowers are their historical and projected earnings, cash flow, capital resources, liquidity and leverage. Other factors that are also considered include the borrower’s industry, their competitive advantages and disadvantages, the quality of management, and other external influences that may impact the business. These factors are also evaluated to determine their potential impact on repayment capacity.

 

Credit risk in the commercial and industrial category is mitigated by limiting total credit exposure to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers, industries and geographic markets, and by requiring collateral where appropriate. The type and amount of the collateral varies from loan to loan depending on the financial

 

37


Table of Contents

strength of the borrower, the amount and terms of the loan, and the collateral available to be pledged by the borrower. Unsecured credit is only extended to those borrowers that exhibit consistently strong repayment capacity and the financial condition to withstand any temporary impairment of their cash flow.

 

Certain types of collateral that fluctuate with business conditions, such as accounts receivable and inventory, may also be subject to regular reporting and certification by the borrower and, in some instances, independent inspection or verification by WesBanco. Readily marketable collateral such as securities, including securities held in WesBanco trust accounts, significantly mitigates credit risk but are subject to fluctuations in their market value. Therefore, readily marketable collateral is monitored to evaluate its continued adequacy to secure the loan balance.

 

Most commercial and industrial lines of credit are renewable or may be cancelled by WesBanco annually. However, lines of credit may also be committed for more than one year when appropriate. Term loans secured by equipment and other types of collateral have terms that are consistent with the purpose of the loan and generally do not exceed ten years. Interest rates on lines of credit are generally variable based on a short-term interest rate index such as the Prime Rate or LIBOR.

 

TABLE 10. MATURITIES OF COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


   In One
Year or Less


   After One
Year Through
Five Years


   Over Five
Years


   Total

Fixed rate loans

   $ 16,768    $ 84,164    $ 24,676    $ 125,608

Variable rate loans

     34,226      134,477      122,850      291,553
    

  

  

  

Total commercial and industrial loans

   $ 50,994    $ 218,641    $ 147,526    $ 417,161
    

  

  

  

Commercial and industrial lines of credit

   $ 26,150    $ 149,356    $ 12,160    $ 187,666

Commercial and industrial letters of credit

     19,209      21,817      325      41,351
    

  

  

  

Total commercial and industrial loan commitments

   $ 45,359    $ 171,173    $ 12,485    $ 229,017
    

  

  

  

 

Loans to small and medium-size businesses, which are generally defined as those with annual revenues of $5 million or less, represent between 75% and 80% of the commercial and industrial loan portfolio. Unsecured commercial and industrial loans approximated $35.0 million, or 8.4% of total commercial and industrial loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $32.3 million at December 31, 2004. Loans secured by bank deposits or readily marketable collateral approximated $54.2 million or 13.0% of total commercial and industrial loans at December 31, 2005. Syndicated commercial and industrial loans totaled $21.9 million or 5.2% of total commercial and industrial loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $22.0 million at December 31, 2004. Approximately 55% of syndicated commercial and industrial loans represent participation in loans in the Columbus, Ohio market.

 

WesBanco categorizes commercial and industrial loans by industry according to the North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) and monitors the portfolio for possible concentrations in one or more industries. The commercial and industrial portfolio is not concentrated in any single industry, but reflects a diverse range of businesses from all sectors of the economy with no significant concentration in any single sector or industry as set forth in Table 11. The distribution of loans among sectors and industries did not change significantly from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005.

 

38


Table of Contents

TABLE 11. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS BY INDUSTRY SECTOR

 

    December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


  Outstanding
Balance


  Loan
Commitments


  Total
Amount


  % of
Total


    % of
Capital


    Average
Loan


  Largest
Loan


Automobile sales

  $ 21,461   $ 10,688   $ 32,149   5.0 %   7.7 %   $ 574   $ 6,750

Construction and contracting

    38,439     34,294     72,733   11.3 %   17.5 %     138     5,000

Entertainment and recreation

    15,148     1,472     16,620   2.6 %   4.0 %     234     5,000

Government organizations

    21,212     5,355     26,567   4.1 %   6.4 %     137     5,200

Manufacturing

    31,106     21,923     53,029   8.2 %   12.8 %     139     4,972

Mining, energy and utilities

    27,884     11,202     39,086   6.0 %   9.4 %     273     15,000

Other retail sales

    33,176     13,438     46,614   7.2 %   11.2 %     127     3,100

Personal, professional and administrative services

    40,999     31,617     72,616   11.2 %   17.5 %     122     6,358

Physicians and healthcare services

    37,734     31,301     69,035   10.7 %   16.6 %     133     4,815

Real estate and equipment leasing

    25,942     10,031     35,973   5.6 %   8.7 %     117     1,955

Religious organizations

    29,209     4,849     34,058   5.3 %   8.2 %     480     15,000

Restaurants and lodging

    13,530     1,972     15,502   2.4 %   3.7 %     103     2,500

Schools and educational services

    20,516     12,404     32,920   5.1 %   7.9 %     914     4,500

Transportation and warehousing

    11,011     1,514     12,525   1.9 %   3.0 %     47     1,153

Wholesale and distribution

    15,404     12,038     27,442   4.2 %   6.6 %     139     3,000

Unclassified and other industries

    34,390     24,919     59,309   9.2 %   14.3 %     84     4,961
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

Total commercial and industrial loans

  $ 417,161   $ 229,017   $ 646,178   100.0 %   155.5 %   $ 147      
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Commercial Real Estate— Commercial real estate consists of loans to purchase, construct or refinance properties that are used by borrowers in the operation of their businesses, or owner-occupied, and loans to finance investor-owned rental properties, including 1-to-4 family rental properties and multi-family apartment buildings.

 

The primary factors that are considered in underwriting owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are identical to the factors used to underwrite commercial and industrial loans. The primary factors that are considered in determining repayment capacity for investor-owned commercial real estate are the net operating income generated by the property, the type, quality and mix of tenants in the property, and the age, condition and location of the property.

 

Credit risk in the commercial real estate category is mitigated by limiting total credit exposure to individual borrowers or groups of borrowers; and avoiding concentrations by property type or within geographic markets. Credit risk is further mitigated by requiring borrowers to have adequate down payments or equity in the property, thereby limiting the loan balance in relation to the appraised value of the property, unless there are sufficient mitigating factors that would reduce the risk of a higher loan to value ratio. Real estate values are determined by obtaining appraisals of the property. Loan to value ratios are generally limited to 80% of the market value of the property, but lower ratios may be required for certain types of properties, or when other factors exist that may increase the potential volatility of the market value of a particular property type. Conversely, higher loan to value ratios may be acceptable when other factors adequately mitigate the risk of a higher loan to value. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans also often have other collateral in addition to real estate.

 

Commercial real estate risk is also managed by periodic site visits to financed properties and monitoring the factors in each of WesBanco’s markets that influence real estate collateral values such as rental rates, occupancy, and capitalization rates.

 

Commercial real estate construction loans are generally made only when WesBanco also commits to the permanent financing of the project, has a takeout commitment from another lender for the permanent loan, or the

 

39


Table of Contents

loan is expected to be repaid from the sale of subdivided property. Construction loans require payment of interest only during the construction period, which can range from as short as six months to up to three years for larger, multiple phase projects such as residential housing developments. This type of loan has the unique risk that the builder or developer may not complete the project, or not complete it on time or within budget. Construction risk is generally mitigated by making commercial real estate construction loans to developers with established reputations who operate in WesBanco’s markets, periodically inspecting construction in progress, and disbursing the loan as specified stages of each project are completed.

 

Environmental risk is also an important factor that is evaluated for commercial real estate loans. Environmental risk is mitigated by requiring assessments performed by qualified inspectors whenever the current or previous uses of the property, or any adjacent properties, are likely to have resulted in contamination of the subject property.

 

Commercial real estate loans generally have repayment terms ranging from 10 to 25 years depending on the type, age and condition of the property. Loans with amortization periods of more than 20 years will generally also have a maturity date or call option of 10 years or less. Interest rates generally are adjustable ranging from one to five years based on an appropriate index.

 

TABLE 12. MATURITIES OF COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


   In One
Year or Less


   After One
Year Through
Five Years


   Over Five
Years


   Total

Fixed rate loans

   $ 20,180    $ 67,794    $ 88,894    $ 176,868

Variable rate loans

     67,117      119,068      755,289      941,474
    

  

  

  

Total commercial real estate loans

   $ 87,297    $ 186,862    $ 844,183    $ 1,118,342
    

  

  

  

Total commercial real estate loan commitments

   $ 24,296    $ 67,592    $ 30,673    $ 122,561
    

  

  

  

 

Syndicated commercial real estate loans totaled $55.4 million, or 5.0% of total commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $49.9 million at December 31, 2004. This increase is primarily attributable to participation loans acquired in the Winton merger. Approximately 45% of syndicated commercial real estate loans represent participation in loans in the Columbus, Ohio market.

 

WesBanco monitors the commercial real estate portfolio for potential concentrations within a single property type or geographic location. Commercial real estate loans are generally diversified with no significant concentration as set forth in Table 13. The distribution of loans among property types did not change materially from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005. However, the Winton merger increased multi-family housing loans approximately 48% over the previous year. As a result, multi-family housing loans within the Cincinnati market represent approximately 5.5% of total commercial real estate loans, which is the largest geographic accumulation of loans of a particular property type within the portfolio. The Cincinnati rental housing market has been relatively stable, new construction of multi-family units is not excessive, and there has been steady demand for properties when they become available for sale in the market. While capitalization rates for multi-family property in Cincinnati have been near historical lows, which results in higher property values, this segment of the portfolio does not appear to present more than normal credit risk at this time.

 

40


Table of Contents

TABLE 13. COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS BY PROPERTY TYPE

 

    December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


  Outstanding
Balance


  Loan
Commitments


  Total
Amount


  % of
Total


    % of
Capital


    Average
Loan


  Largest
Loan


1-to-4 family rentals

  $ 125,235   $ 15,812   $ 141,047   11.4 %   34.0 %   $ 104   $ 7,285

Multi-family apartments

    176,294     20,348     196,642   15.8 %   47.4 %     442     9,672

Commercial general purposes

    171,523     5,834     177,357   14.3 %   42.7 %     245     3,164

Commercial specific purposes

    87,284     11,708     98,992   8.0 %   23.8 %     331     10,000

Hospitals and medical facilities

    39,606     3,224     42,830   3.5 %   10.3 %     1,098     6,775

Hotels and motels

    29,649     1,632     31,281   2.5 %   7.5 %     1,203     6,795

Industrial and warehouses

    54,325     6,117     60,442   4.9 %   14.6 %     469     5,761

Land and land development

    94,547     37,055     131,602   10.6 %   31.7 %     310     17,700

Multiple or mixed use

    87,837     5,804     93,641   7.5 %   22.6 %     398     10,159

Office buildings

    129,625     4,843     134,468   10.8 %   32.4 %     469     6,328

Shopping centers and other retail

    73,599     5,992     79,591   6.4 %   19.2 %     412     4,269

Unclassified and other property types

    48,818     4,192     53,010   4.3 %   12.8 %     153     4,995
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

Total commercial loans

  $ 1,118,342   $ 122,561   $ 1,240,903   100.0 %   299.0 %   $ 275      
   

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Banking regulators have observed that some institutions have high and increasing concentrations of commercial real estate loans and are concerned that these concentrations may make such institutions more vulnerable to cyclical commercial real estate markets. As a result, the regulators recently issued proposed guidelines for determining if a bank has a concentration in certain types of commercial real estate loans where the source of repayment primarily depends upon rental income or the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. The proposed guidelines, which have been published for public comment and may be subject to revision before they become final, would require a bank to use heightened risk management practices to mitigate the risks associated with such concentrations. The proposed guidelines would establish two thresholds for measuring whether a concentration exists: (1) 100% of capital for total construction, land development, and other land loans; or (2) 300% of capital for total construction, land development, other land loans and loans secured by multi-family and non-farm, nonresidential properties. WesBanco’s commercial real estate exposures for each of the foregoing thresholds at December 31, 2005 were approximately 45% and 190% of capital, respectively, which are well under the levels that would represent a concentration under the proposed guidelines.

 

CREDIT RISK—CONSUMER PURPOSE LOANS

 

Most consumer purpose loans, except for indirect loans originating by automobile dealers and other sellers of consumer goods, are originated directly by WesBanco. At times, WesBanco also purchases pools of residential real estate loans originated by other lending institutions to maintain an appropriate interest rate risk profile or to better balance the mix of business purpose and consumer purpose loans in the portfolio. WesBanco conducts its own customary credit evaluation before purchasing indirect consumer loans and pools of residential real estate loans. Unsecured credit is only extended to those borrowers that have the income and financial assets to support the credit without the benefit of collateral.

 

Consumer purpose loans are a homogeneous group of loans, generally smaller in amount than business purpose loans, which are spread over a larger number of diverse individual borrowers. The average balance of portfolio loans approximates $65,000 for residential real estate loans, $20,000 for home equity lines of credit, and less than $9,000 for consumer loans.

 

WesBanco generally does not make “sub-prime” consumer purpose loans, as that term is commonly used in the banking industry. WesBanco does extend credit to borrowers that may have one or more characteristics of a sub-prime loan, such as credit bureau scores that are less than, or debt-to-income ratios that are greater than

 

41


Table of Contents

policy guidelines. These loans are generally only made when the credit risk associated with the sub-prime characteristics of the borrower are properly justified and mitigated by obtaining acceptable co-makers or guarantors or requiring additional collateral, or by the deposit and other non-lending relationships of the borrower with WesBanco.

 

WesBanco does not maintain statistical information about the industry in which consumer borrowers are employed because such information is typically obtained only when each loan is originated and therefore becomes inaccurate as borrowers change employment during the term of their loans. Instead, WesBanco estimates such information based on consumer demographics, market share, and other available information when there is a significant risk of loss of employment within an industry or a significant employer in any of WesBanco’s markets. To management’s knowledge, there are no concentrations of employment that would have a material adverse impact on the risk of consumer purpose loans. Please refer to the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this MD&A for information pertaining to certain risks associated with economic conditions in certain of WesBanco markets that impact one or more significant employers in those markets.

 

Residential Real Estate— Residential real estate consists of loans to consumers to purchase, construct or refinance personal residences as well as some 1-to-4 family rental properties. WesBanco originates conforming and non-conforming mortgages to be held in its portfolio as well as loans for sale in the secondary market. Non-conforming mortgages are those loans that do not meet all of the documentation standards for sale in the secondary market.

 

Credit risk in the residential real estate portfolio is mitigated by requiring borrowers to have adequate down payments or equity in the property, thereby limiting the amount of the loan in relation to the appraised value of the property. Loan requests that exceed credit policy loan-to-value guidelines generally must be supported by mortgage insurance. Credit risk is also managed by monitoring delinquency levels and trends, and economic and other factors that influence real estate collateral values in WesBanco’s markets.

 

Construction loans have a unique risk that the builder may not complete the residence, or not complete it on time or within budget. This category includes homes being built under contract for the eventual occupant of the residence. Loans to contractors to finance speculative residential construction are categorized as commercial real estate loans. Residential real estate construction loans are approved with the expectation that they will convert to a permanent mortgage loan upon completion of construction. Construction loans require payment of interest only during the construction period, which generally ranges from six to twelve months, but may be longer for larger residences. Construction risk is mitigated by evaluating the builder’s reputation and capacity to complete each project, periodically inspecting construction in progress, and disbursing the loan as specified stages of each project are completed.

 

The risks associated with purchased loan pools are generally similar to those of directly originated residential real estate loans, however, the servicing of those loans, including the collecting of payments, maintenance of escrow accounts and if necessary, foreclosure processing is generally performed by another party other than WesBanco.

 

Certain types of higher risk residential real estate loans have become increasingly popular with consumers in recent years. These include loans that require payment of interest-only in the early years of the loan, loans with fixed monthly payments that do not increase when the interest rate changes on an adjustable rate loan, thereby creating the potential for negative amortization, and other similar products that increase credit risk. WesBanco does not originate these types of loans other than through its secondary market residential lending programs. However, there are approximately $9.1 million of interest only residential real estate loans that were originated and held by Winton prior to the merger.

 

Residential real estate loans can have terms ranging up to 30 years. Interest rates are primarily based on the Treasury Constant Maturity index rates. Interest rates on residential real estate loans held in the portfolio may be fixed for up to 15 years. Fifteen year fixed rate residential real estate loans totaled approximately $422.8 million,

 

42


Table of Contents

or 45% of total residential real estate loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $275.3 million, or 36% at December 31, 2004. Approximately $107.0 million of the increase in fixed rate loans is attributable to the Winton merger, with the remainder coming from new loans during 2005. The remainder of the portfolio has interest rates that adjust from between one and five years.

 

TABLE 14. MATURITIES OF RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


   In One
Year or Less


   After One
Year Through
Five Years


   Over Five
Years


   Total

Fixed rate loans

   $ 7,182    $ 31,103    $ 505,182    $ 543,467

Variable rate loans

     687      9,407      376,262      386,356
    

  

  

  

Total residential real estate loans

   $ 7,869    $ 40,510    $ 881,444    $ 929,823
    

  

  

  

Total residential real estate loan commitments

   $ 596    $ 230    $ 17,929    $ 18,755
    

  

  

  

 

Home Equity— Home equity lines of credit consist of revolving lines to consumers that are secured by first or second liens on primary residences generally located within WesBanco’s market areas.

 

Credit risk in the home equity category is similar to and therefore mitigated and monitored in much the same manner as described for residential real estate. Home equity lines are generally limited to an amount in relation to the value of the property net of the first mortgage, if any, which generally may not exceed 90% of the property value. The risk associated with the revolving availability of home equity lines is also mitigated by periodic reduction of the borrower’s first mortgage, if any, which thereby increases the residual value of the collateral in relation to the amount of the home equity line.

 

Most home equity lines of credit originated in prior years are available to the borrower as a revolving line of credit for up to 15 years, at which time the outstanding balance is required to be repaid over a term of not more than 7 years. More recently, most new home equity lines of credit are available to the borrower for an indefinite period of time as long as the borrower’s credit characteristics do not materially or adversely change, but may be cancelled by WesBanco under certain circumstances.

 

TABLE 15. MATURITIES OF HOME EQUITY LINES OF CREDIT AND COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


   In One
Year or Less


   After One
Year Through
Five Years


   Over Five
Years


   Total

Fixed rate loans

   $ 6    $ 26    $ 139    $ 171

Variable rate loans

     1,110      42,767      131,603      175,480
    

  

  

  

Total home equity

   $ 1,116    $ 42,793    $ 131,742    $ 175,651
    

  

  

  

Total home equity commitments

   $ 1,251    $ 47,070    $ 95,805    $ 144,126
    

  

  

  

 

Consumer— Consumer loans consists of installment loans originated directly by WesBanco and, indirectly through dealers to finance purchases of automobiles, motorcycles, boats, and other recreational vehicles, and lines of credit that are either unsecured or secured by collateral other than residential real estate.

 

Credit risk in the consumer category includes the impact of a general economic downturn, an isolated adverse event that impacts a major employer, individual loss of employment or other personal calamities, and collateral values that depreciate faster than the repayment of the loan balance. Consumer credit risk is mitigated

 

43


Table of Contents

by continuously monitoring delinquency levels and trends, pursuing collection efforts at the earliest stage of delinquency, and continually evaluating underwriting standards to determine to the extent possible those credit characteristics that predict credit performance.

 

The maximum term for automobile loans and other installment loans is generally 72 months or less depending on the age of automobile and other factors for unsecured loans and loans secured by other collateral. The maximum term for recreational vehicle loans is generally 180 months. Consumer lines of credit are generally available for an indefinite period of time as long as the borrower’s credit characteristics do not materially or adversely change, but may be cancelled by WesBanco under certain circumstances.

 

TABLE 16. MATURITIES OF CONSUMER LOANS AND COMMITMENTS

 

     December 31, 2005

(dollars in thousands)


   In One
Year or Less


   After One
Year Through
Five Years


   Over Five
Years


   Total

Fixed rate loans

   $ 7,505    $ 145,194    $ 94,545    $ 247,244

Variable rate loans

     587      18,630      4,639      23,856
    

  

  

  

Total consumer loans

   $ 8,092    $ 163,824    $ 99,184    $ 271,100
    

  

  

  

Total consumer loan commitments

   $ 423    $ 11,637    $ 450    $ 12,510
    

  

  

  

 

Unsecured consumer loans approximated $26.0 million, or 9.6% of total consumer loans at December 31, 2005 compared to $21.0 million at December 31, 2004. Loans secured by bank deposits or readily marketable collateral approximated $18.7 million or 6.9% of total consumer loans at December 31, 2005.

 

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

Loans held for sale typically consists solely of residential real estate loans originated for sale in the secondary market, which totaled $2.0 million at December 31, 2005 compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2004. The amount of new loans originated for sale increased 161.4% to $74.5 million in 2005 compared to $28.5 million in 2004. This increase is attributed to expansion into newer markets as a result of the Western Ohio merger late in 2004 and the Winton merger in January 2005, improved positioning of mortgage loan originators in all markets, and a greater emphasis on originating secondary market loan products.

 

Credit risk associated with residential real estate loans held for sale in the secondary market is mitigated by entering into sales commitments with secondary market purchasers at the time the loans are to be funded. This practice has the effect of minimizing the amount of such loans that are held in the portfolio at any point in time. WesBanco previously did not service these loans after their sale in the secondary market, but began servicing some of these loans in 2005 as a result of the Winton merger.

 

Loans held for sale at December 31, 2005 also included certain under-performing loans at their fair market value of $6.0 million and $20.8 million of loans attributed to Ritchie County branch offices. The sale of the under-performing loans, which consisted of commercial real estate loans secured by motels, restaurants, golf courses or other recreational facilities was completed in January 2006, thereby eliminating the risks associated with those loans. The sale of Ritchie County branch office loans is expected to occur during the first quarter of 2006. These loans do not present more than normal credit risk associated with each type of loan.

 

NON-PERFORMING AND UNDER-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

Non-performing loans are those loans that have the highest credit risk because of the borrower’s diminished repayment capacity and financial condition, or other identifiable weaknesses. Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual and renegotiated loans, other real estate acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure, bank premises held for sale, and repossessed automobiles acquired to satisfy defaulted consumer loans.

 

44


Table of Contents

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become past due 90 days or more unless they are both well secured and in the process of collection. Except for certain consumer and residential real estate loans as discussed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, when a loan is placed on non-accrual, interest income may not be recognized as cash payments are received.

 

Loans are categorized as renegotiated when WesBanco, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Concessions that may be granted include a reduction of the interest rate, the amount of accrued interest, or the face amount of the loan; as well as an extension of the maturity date or the amortization schedule. Loans may be removed from renegotiated status after they have performed according to the renegotiated terms for a period of time.

 

Other real estate and repossessed assets consists primarily of real estate acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure and repossessed automobiles or other personal property. This category may also include bank premises held for sale and residential real estate of relocated employees, which are not attributable to lending activities.

 

TABLE 17. NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Non-accrual loans:

                                        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,099     $ 2,511     $ 4,093     $ 3,598     $ 2,598  

Commercial real estate

     6,229       4,768       3,901       3,519       1,258  

Residential real estate

     933       785       266       301       143  

Home equity

     17       28       —         —         —    

Consumer

     4       103       2       62       31  

Loans held for sale

     638       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-accrual loans

     9,920       8,195       8,262       7,480       4,030  
    


 


 


 


 


Renegotiated loans:

                                        

Commercial real estate

     —         —         653       2,633       3,735  

Consumer

     —         —         —         13       21  
    


 


 


 


 


Total renegotiated loans

     —         —         653       2,646       3,756  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing loans

     9,920       8,195       8,915       10,126       7,786  

Other real estate and repossessed assets

     1,868       2,059       2,907       4,213       3,215  
    


 


 


 


 


Total non-performing assets

   $ 11,788     $ 10,254     $ 11,822     $ 14,339     $ 11,001  
    


 


 


 


 


Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.34 %     0.33 %     0.46 %     0.56 %     0.51 %

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

     0.27 %     0.26 %     0.34 %     0.43 %     0.44 %

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total loans, other real estate and repossessed assets

     0.40 %     0.41 %     0.61 %     0.79 %     0.71 %

 

Non-performing loans increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 primarily due to loans acquired in the Winton merger, approximately $0.6 million of which were held for sale at December 31, 2005. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, non-performing loans increased $5.0 million as a result of WesBanco being notified by the lead lender of a default that occurred in January 2006 on a commercial loan participation.

 

Other real estate and repossessed assets decreased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 as a result of improved collection activities to avoid foreclosure or repossession and aggressive marketing of existing inventory of such properties throughout the year. A generally stable credit environment throughout the year also helped reduce the number of new foreclosures and repossessions, and avoided an accumulation of such properties.

 

45


Table of Contents

Other impaired loans consist of loans that are internally risk graded as substandard or doubtful when they are not fully secured by collateral or the observable market price for a loan is less than its outstanding balance. Other impaired loans continue to accrue interest, have not been renegotiated, and may or may not be delinquent or have a record of delinquent payments.

 

TABLE 18. OTHER IMPAIRED LOANS

 

     December 31,

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,500    $ 5,295    $ 3,935    $ 6,965    $ 2,230

Commercial real estate

     3,065      1,783      2,096      4,284      4,125
    

  

  

  

  

Total other impaired loans

   $ 4,565    $ 7,078    $ 6,031    $ 11,249    $ 6,355
    

  

  

  

  

 

Other impaired loans decreased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 as a result of successful risk reduction strategies, which included the exit of approximately $3.0 million of manufactured housing floor plan lines of credit and an improved credit profile of certain other loans previously reported as impaired. However, these decreases were offset by newly impaired loans, the most significant of which is a $2.0 million commercial real estate construction loan acquired in the Winton merger.

 

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing interest increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005. This increase is primarily due to higher extended delinquencies on residential real estate loans and a matured commercial real estate loan that is in the process of being underwritten for renewal or refinancing by WesBanco for more than 90 days.

 

TABLE 19. LOANS PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR MORE

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 488     $ 665     $ 1,349     $ 1,460     $ 720  

Commercial real estate

     4,651       3,602       1,100       3,766       1,469  

Residential real estate

     3,707       2,133       3,858       4,688       4,206  

Home equity

     249       439       290       344       490  

Consumer

     833       745       1,198       1,847       3,611  
    


 


 


 


 


Total portfolio loans

     9,928       7,584       7,795       12,105       10,496  

Loans held for sale

     126       —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Total loans past due 90 days or more

   $ 10,054     $ 7,584     $ 7,795     $ 12,105     $ 10,496  
    


 


 


 


 


Loans past due 90 days or more as a percentage of total loans

     0.34 %     0.30 %     0.40 %     0.66 %     0.68 %
    


 


 


 


 


 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Please refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in this MD&A for additional information about the factors that impact management’s estimation of probable losses to determine the appropriate allowance for loan losses.

 

The allowance for loan losses increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 as a result of the acquired allowance of Winton and provisions to recognize probable loss associated with the remainder of the portfolio. The reduction in the allowance as a percentage of total loans is primarily attributable to the change in the composition of the loan portfolio as a result of the Winton merger. Residential real estate loans, which have

 

46


Table of Contents

the lowest historical loss rate of any category of loans, represented 54% of Winton’s loan portfolio compared to 31% for WesBanco prior to the merger. Therefore a lower allowance as a percentage of total loans is appropriate due to this change in the risk profile of the loan portfolio.

 

Charge-offs increased 30% in 2005 compared to 2004. This increase was due to a $0.7 million fraud loss on a commercial and industrial loan in the second quarter, a $0.7 million write down of certain under-performing commercial real estate loans reclassified to held for sale in the fourth quarter, and approximately $1.2 million of consumer bankruptcy losses in the fourth quarter. The spike in bankruptcy losses resulted from consumers filing in advance of new bankruptcy laws that became effective in October 2005. The increase in consumer bankruptcy losses was generally anticipated and not expected to continue at the rate experienced in the fourth quarter of 2005. Higher charge-offs were partially offset by a 29% increase in recoveries primarily due to increased efforts to collect amounts charged off on consumer loans in prior periods utilizing outside collection agencies.

 

TABLE 20. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Beginning balance of allowance for loan losses

   $ 29,486     $ 26,235     $ 25,080     $ 20,786     $ 20,030  

Allowance for loan losses of acquired banks

     1,947       2,071       —         3,903       —    

Provision for loan losses

     8,045       7,735       9,612       9,359       5,995  

Charge-offs:

                                        

Commercial and industrial

     2,729       1,967       2,613       1,888       1,389  

Commercial real estate

     1,111       937       1,402       2,207       793  

Residential real estate

     335       329       293       328       352  

Home equity

     222       85       43       172       36  

Consumer

     6,204       4,850       4,776       5,121       3,268  
    


 


 


 


 


Total charge-offs

     10,601       8,168       9,127       9,716       5,838  
    


 


 


 


 


Recoveries:

                                        

Commercial and industrial

     464       403       126       243       49  

Commercial real estate

     87       48       39       37       149  

Residential real estate

     155       68       30       86       17  

Home equity

     —         —         —         2       —    

Consumer

     1,374       1,094       475       380       384  
    


 


 


 


 


Total recoveries

     2,080       1,613       670       748       599  
    


 


 


 


 


Net loan charge-offs

     8,521       6,555       8,457       8,968       5,239  
    


 


 


 


 


Ending balance of allowance for loan losses

   $ 30,957     $ 29,486     $ 26,235     $ 25,080     $ 20,786  
    


 


 


 


 


Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans:

                                        

Commercial and industrial

     0.53 %     0.41 %     0.78 %     0.55 %     0.50 %

Commercial real estate

     0.09 %     0.12 %     0.25 %     0.45 %     0.20 %

Residential real estate

     0.02 %     0.01 %     0.05 %     0.04 %     0.06 %

Home equity

     0.12 %     0.07 %     0.04 %     0.14 %     0.04 %

Consumer

     1.83 %     1.48 %     1.57 %     1.42 %     0.84 %
    


 


 


 


 


Total

     0.29 %     0.31 %     0.46 %     0.50 %     0.34 %
    


 


 


 


 


Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

     1.05 %     1.18 %     1.36 %     1.38 %     1.35 %

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans

     3.12 x     3.60 x     2.94 x     2.48 x     2.67 x

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans and loans past due 90 days or more

     1.55 x     1.87 x     1.57 x     1.13 x     1.14 x

Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans, loans past due 90 days or more and other impaired loans

     1.26 x     1.29 x     1.15 x     0.75 x     0.84 x

Provision for loan losses as a percentage of net loan charge-offs

     94.4 %     118.0 %     113.7 %     104.4 %     114.4 %

 

47


Table of Contents

Specific reserves reflected a slight decrease at December 31, 2005 compared to December 31, 2004 as a result of decreases in other impaired loans that required a reserve. General reserves reflect historical loss rates as well as management’s estimation of probable losses attributable to general economic conditions as well as conditions in certain markets, rising interest rates, and the risk associated with rapid increases in property values that could lead to a “bubble” in the real estate markets.

 

The general economy continued to rebound and contributed to strong loan demand and growth throughout 2005. However, pockets of economic weakness or uncertainty exist in one or more of WesBanco’s markets, the most significant of which is the northern panhandle of West Virginia and nearby communities in southeastern Ohio, which represents approximately 25% of WesBanco’s loan portfolio. The Upper Ohio Valley economy continues to be adversely impacted by the difficulties that have faced the primary metals industry in recent years. Two of the ten largest integrated steel companies in the United States are headquartered in or have significant operations in the northern panhandle. Both companies operated under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Act for a significant time in 2004. The prospects for Wheeling, West Virginia based Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation appear to have improved, as the company has emerged from bankruptcy. On the other hand, employment at Netherlands-based Mittal Steel’s Weirton, West Virginia facility has been significantly reduced, and its continued operation is uncertain. In addition, Ormet Corporation, a leading producer of aluminum headquartered in the northern panhandle is currently operating under Chapter 11 protection and has curtailed, shuttered or sold certain of its operating facilities. As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco had no material direct credit exposure to any of these companies, or the primary metals producing industry. However, WesBanco extends credit to consumers employed in the industry and to businesses that provide products or services to companies in the industry. In addition, a number of other businesses not directly associated with the primary metals industry would be adversely impacted by a significant loss of employment in the industry. It is virtually impossible to precisely measure the ultimate impact of the closure of these companies on probable credit losses because of the ripple effect such an event would have on the local economy.

 

There are no other markets in which WesBanco operates that have been as severely impacted by local economic conditions, industry specific concerns, or a loss of significant employment by a single employer. However, weakness in other parts of the manufacturing sector became evident in other markets toward the latter part of 2004 and there has been some deterioration in the credit quality of loans to small businesses. Many small companies have been under significant pressure from new competition, fundamental changes in their respective industries, and the impact of a less than full economic recovery following the downturn from 2002 through 2004 on the profitability of their operations.

 

Rising interest rates impact all markets, particularly those borrowers whose interest rates are adjustable with changes in short-term interest rate indexes. Higher interest rates create an increased probability of default for borrower’s whose interest rates on loans are subject to immediate change, thereby increasing the amount of inherent loss in all categories of the loan portfolio that have variable interest rates.

 

Rapid increases in property values, increased speculative investments in real estate, and rising interest rates have created concerns about a potential “bubble” in the real estate markets. Although very few, if any, of WesBanco’s markets have experienced rapidly increasing property values, the more metropolitan markets like Columbus and Cincinnati, Ohio have exhibited pockets of weakness in certain types of properties. New construction in those markets also puts added pressure on older properties. In addition, prices paid for certain kinds of properties have lowered market capitalization rates to new lows. Lower capitalization rates in turn increase the appraised values that are relied upon by banks in determining the amount they will lend against the property. There is additional risk to the extent property valuations become inflated without a corresponding increase in rental rates to generate higher rates of return on the properties. As previously discussed, WesBanco does not have a concentration in commercial real estate as that term has been recently defined by proposed regulatory guidelines; however, commercial real estate represents a significant percentage of WesBanco’s loan portfolio.

 

48


Table of Contents

TABLE 21. ALLOCATION AND COMPONENTS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

     December 31,

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

Commercial and industrial

   $ 11,138    $ 12,957    $ 9,852    $ 9,473    $ 6,963

Commercial real estate

     13,027      10,521      10,660      9,046      8,421

Residential real estate

     1,227      1,163      749      800      680

Home equity

     391      295      223      106      59

Consumer

     5,174      4,550      4,751      5,655      4,663
    

  

  

  

  

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 30,957    $ 29,486    $ 26,235    $ 25,080    $ 20,786
    

  

  

  

  

Components of the allowance for loan losses:

                                  

General reserves pursuant to SFAS No. 5

   $ 29,391    $ 27,863    $ 23,674    $ 20,405    $ 15,908

Specific reserves pursuant to SFAS No. 114

     1,566      1,623      2,561      4,675      4,878
    

  

  

  

  

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 30,957    $ 29,486    $ 26,235    $ 25,080    $ 20,786
    

  

  

  

  

 

The allowance for commercial and industrial loans decreased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 primarily due to reductions in under-performing commercial and industrial loans and planned exits of floor plan lines of credit. While net commercial and industrial charge-offs for 2005 were higher than 2004, net commercial and industrial charge-offs excluding the non-recurring fraud loss would have been 0.37%, which is a more normalized experience rate for determining the appropriate allowance for commercial and industrial loans. Overall improvement in the credit quality of commercial and industrial loans more than offset allowances for rising short term interest rates, which are likely to more immediately impact commercial and industrial loans, and rising energy costs that may adversely impact certain industries.

 

Conversely, the allowance for commercial real estate loans increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 due to the combined impact of continued organic growth, higher under-performing loans even after the sale of certain of these loans, and probable losses associated with current conditions in the real estate markets.

 

The allowance for residential real estate and home equity loans increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 as a result of higher loan totals. The allowance for consumer loans increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 due to growth in consumer lending and higher loss rates on these loans. However, the historic loss rate used to determine the allowance for consumer loans was adjusted to reflect the non-recurring nature of the recent spike in bankruptcy losses.

 

The amount of the allowance that is attributed to the inherent imprecision of loss estimated models and the variability of management’s estimates impacts each loan category to different degrees. The imprecision factor is most significant for business loans because they represent the most significant percentage of the loan portfolio, losses can be for significantly larger amounts when they occur, and losses are far less predictable than for consumer loan losses. Recent growth in business loans also implies a higher risk of loss that is yet to be detected until these newer loans become more seasoned, regardless of their apparent quality at the time they are made. Conversely, consumer loan losses are generally smaller in amount but occur with greater regularity. Residential real estate and home equity loan losses occur infrequently and represent the smallest component of historical losses. Therefore, consumer purpose loan losses tend to be more predictable and estimable from period to period than business loans.

 

Although the allowance is allocated as described in Table 21, the total allowance is available to absorb actual losses in any category of the loan portfolio. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is appropriate to absorb probable losses at December 31, 2005. In the event that management’s estimation of probable losses does not materialize, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary to reflect differences between original estimates of loss in previous periods and actual observed losses in subsequent periods.

 

49


Table of Contents

TABLE 22. DEPOSITS

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


            

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   $ Change

    % Change

 

Deposits

                            

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 392,116    $ 355,364    $ 36,752     10.3 %

Interest bearing demand

     325,582      312,080      13,502     4.3 %

Money market

     444,071      587,523      (143,452 )   (24.4 )%

Savings deposits

     462,601      362,581      100,020     27.6 %

Certificates of deposit

     1,403,954      1,108,386      295,568     26.7 %
    

  

  


 

Total deposits

   $ 3,028,324    $ 2,725,934    $ 302,390     11.1 %
    

  

  


 

 

Deposits, which represent WesBanco’s primary source of funds, are offered in various account forms at various rates through WesBanco’s 85 branches in West Virginia, Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. All categories of deposits, except money market accounts, increased between December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005, primarily from the Winton acquisition which added approximately $359.0 million in deposits to WesBanco’s balance sheet at the time of acquisition.

 

The increase in non-interest bearing demand deposits for 2005 was due to WesBanco placing increased marketing emphasis on transaction-based accounts, which are typically viewed as a lower-cost funding source and may also provide WesBanco ancillary activity fee income. Included in the money market category is the WesBanco Prime Rate Money Market Account, which permits limited check writing and pays interest based on a market index and a tiered structure based on the customer’s outstanding balance. These accounts decreased during 2005 by $143.5 million as competitive offerings from other financial institutions and WesBanco’s desire to protect the net interest margin resulted in a reduction that was somewhat offset by $100.0 million in growth from a new tiered premium savings account marketed across all regions.

 

In 2006, $742.4 million in certificates of deposit are scheduled to mature. If interest rates continue to rise in 2006, these deposits may reprice upward based on WesBanco’s current rates at that time.

 

The geographic distribution by state for WesBanco’s deposits at December 31, 2005 and 2004, based on branch location, indicates that the West Virginia market represents the majority of WesBanco’s depositor base at approximately 64%. However, with the Winton acquisition on January 3, 2005 and the Western Ohio acquisition on August 31, 2004, the percentage of deposits in Ohio has increased, providing WesBanco with new market areas in which to expand its depositor base. Ohio and Pennsylvania together represent the balance of the deposit distribution.

 

TABLE 23. MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT OF $100,000 OR MORE

 

     December 31,

           

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   $ Change

   % Change

 

Maturity:

                           

Under three months

   $ 82,489    $ 37,709    $ 44,780    118.8 %

Three to six months

     46,173      27,947      18,226    65.2 %

Six to twelve months

     91,373      42,943      48,430    112.8 %

Over twelve months

     206,528      205,108      1,420    0.7 %
    

  

  

  

Total certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

   $ 426,563    $ 313,707    $ 112,856    36.0 %
    

  

  

  

 

Interest expense on certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more was approximately $12,154 in 2005, $7,284 in 2004 and $6,815 in 2003.

 

50


Table of Contents

TABLE 24. BORROWINGS

 

    December 31,

         

(in thousands)


  2005

  2004

  $ Change

  % Change

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

  $ 612,693   $ 599,411   $ 13,282   2.2 %

Other short-term borrowings

    244,301     200,513     43,788   21.8 %

Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

    87,638     72,174     15,464   21.4 %
   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 944,632   $ 872,098   $ 72,534   8.3 %
   

 

 

 

 

WesBanco is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. The FHLB system functions as a borrowing source for regulated financial institutions that are engaged in residential real estate lending. WesBanco uses term FHLB borrowings as a general funding source and to more appropriately match certain assets, as an alternative to shorter term wholesale borrowings. FHLB borrowings are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential mortgage loans or securities with a market value at least equal to the outstanding balances. The terms of a security agreement with the FHLB of Pittsburgh include a specific assignment of collateral that requires the maintenance of qualifying first mortgage loans as pledged collateral with unpaid principal amounts at least equal to or greater than the FHLB advances, when discounted at 83% of the unpaid principal balance. FHLB of Pittsburgh and Cincinnati stock, which is recorded at a cost of $41.9 million at December 31, 2005, is also pledged as collateral for these advances. The remaining maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Pittsburgh at December 31, 2005, which WesBanco is approved for collateralized advances, is $778.4 million compared to $915.5 million at December 31, 2004.

 

At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had $612.7 million in outstanding FHLB borrowings, from both the FHLB of Pittsburgh and Cincinnati, with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.52%, compared to $599.4 million of FHLB of Pittsburgh and Cincinnati borrowings at December 31, 2004 with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.31%. The increase was due to an additional $147.3 million in net new FHLB borrowings throughout 2005 as well as the addition of approximately $111.0 million in borrowings from the FHLB of Cincinnati assumed in the Winton acquisition. FHLB borrowings have maturities ranging from the years 2006 to 2021. WesBanco periodically analyzes overall maturities of its FHLB borrowings and may or may not restructure such borrowings through prepayments, which may cause WesBanco to incur a prepayment penalty.

 

Certain FHLB advances contain call features, which allows the FHLB to convert a fixed rate borrowing to a variable rate advance if the strike rate goes beyond a certain predetermined rate. The probability that these advances and repurchase agreements will be called depends primarily on the level of related interest rates during the call period. Of the $612.7 million outstanding at December 31, 2005, $152.0 million in FHLB convertible fixed rate advances are subject to conversion to a variable rate advance by the respective FHLB issuer. Please refer to Note 11, “Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Other short-term borrowings, which consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, treasury tax and loan notes and a revolving line of credit, at December 31, 2005 were $244.3 million compared to $200.5 million at December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily due to the liquidity needs of WesBanco and customer tendencies. The revolving line of credit is a senior obligation of the parent company that provides for maximum borrowings of up to $35.0 million. It had an outstanding balance of $12.5 million at December 31, 2005. There was no balance outstanding at December 31, 2004. The line matures in July 2006 and contains a number of financial covenants, all of which WesBanco was in compliance with at December 31, 2005, Please refer to Note 12, “Other Short-Term Borrowings,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

In March 2005, WesBanco created a wholly-owned trust subsidiary, WesBanco Capital Trust VI (“Trust”). The Trust issued $15.0 million of trust preferred securities the proceeds of which were used to purchase junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures from WesBanco, providing it with added liquidity to be used for

 

51


Table of Contents

general corporate purposes, including among other things, potential acquisitions, share repurchases and employee benefit plans. A portion of the funds received was used to paydown short-term borrowings used to fund the acquisition of Winton. Please refer to Note 13, “Junior Subordinated Debt Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

TABLE 25. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

          December 31, 2005

(in thousands)


   Footnote
Reference


   Less than
One Year


   One to
Three Years


   Three to
Five Years


   More Than
Five Years


   Total

Fixed asset commitments

   —      $ 7,820    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 7,820

Deposits without a stated maturity

   —        1,624,370      —        —        —        1,624,370

Certificates of deposit

   10      742,373      526,369      125,440      9,772      1,403,954

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

   11      219,606      226,838      136,528      29,721      612,693

Other borrowings

   12      244,301      —        —        —        244,301

Junior subordinated debt

   13      —        —        —        87,638      87,638

Senior executive retirement plans and severance agreements

   —        71      129      148      371      719

Non-compete and consulting agreements

   —        323      258      150      50      781

Limited partnership funding commitments

   9      2,961      3,497      1,416      975      8,849

Operating leases

   7      1,197      1,731      919      2,253      6,100

Future benefit payments under pension plans

   14      1,643      3,357      4,111      15,013      24,124

 

Significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 are presented in the table above by due date. The amounts shown do not include accrued interest, unamortized premiums or discounts, or other similar carrying value adjustments. Additional information related to each obligation is included in the referenced footnote to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

WesBanco’s future benefit payments under pension plans are estimated based on actuarial assumptions and do not necessarily represent the actual contractual cash flows that may be required by WesBanco in the future. Please refer to Note 14, “Employee Benefit Plans,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on employee benefit plans.

 

WesBanco entered into certain interest rate swap agreements in 2001, which require quarterly cash payments to counterparties depending on changes in interest rates. Interest rate swap agreements are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in shareholders’ equity through other comprehensive income with fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet dates. The fair values of the contracts change daily as market interest rates change. Since the interest rate swap liabilities recorded on the balance sheet at December 31, 2005 do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts, these liabilities are not included in the table of contractual obligations presented above. Please refer to Notes 1 and 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on derivatives.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

WesBanco is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and

 

52


Table of Contents

standby letters of credit. Since many of these commitments expire unused or partially used, these amounts may not reflect future cash requirements. Please refer to Note 19, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the “Loans and Credit Risk” section of this MD&A for additional information.

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Shareholders’ equity increased to $415.2 million at December 31, 2005 from $370.2 million at December 31, 2004. The increase was due primarily to the issuance of 2,296,511 common shares valued at $65.3 million in connection with the Winton acquisition and current year earnings of $42.8 million, which were offset by the purchase of $40.0 million of treasury shares and the payment of dividends of $23.3 million.

 

In accordance with WesBanco’s March 2005 Board of Directors approved share repurchase plan, and the completion of a prior plan, WesBanco purchased 1,378,482 shares during 2005 at an average price of approximately $29 per share. During 2005, WesBanco stock repurchase activity was significantly greater than the 144,474 shares repurchased in 2004 due primarily to SEC rules which limit a company’s ability to repurchase shares during any period involving a pending acquisition. At December 31, 2005, 138,161 shares of WesBanco common stock remained authorized to be purchased under the current one million share repurchase plan, which began on March 16, 2005. For 2006, WesBanco plans to continue its stock repurchases based on the availability of stock and WesBanco’s liquidity and overall capital levels, subject to required blackout periods, although purchases are at the discretion of WesBanco and the plan may be suspended at anytime. In conjunction therewith, WesBanco’s Board of Directors approved a new 1,000,000 share repurchase plan on January 19, 2006.

 

Generally consistent earnings along with a satisfactory level of capital have enabled WesBanco to continue to increase dividends per share. Effective with the first quarter of 2005, WesBanco increased its quarterly dividend per share to $0.26 from $0.25. For 2005, dividends increased to $1.04 per share, or 4.0% on an annualized basis, compared to $1.00 per share in the prior year. This dividend increase represented the twentieth consecutive year of dividend increases at WesBanco. The 2005 dividend per share payout ratio was 54.7% compared to 52.6% in 2004. WesBanco increased its dividend by 1.9% on February 23, 2006 to $0.265 per quarter, or $1.06 annualized.

 

WesBanco is subject to risk-based capital guidelines that measure capital relative to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet instruments. WesBanco and the Bank maintain Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage ratios well above minimum regulatory levels. There are various legal limitations under federal and state laws that limit the payment of dividends from the Bank to the parent company. As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco could receive without prior regulatory approval a dividend of up to $11.6 million from the Bank. Please refer to Note 22, “Regulatory Matters,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on capital amounts, ratios and minimum regulatory requirements.

 

In addition, WesBanco’s line of credit agreement with a third-party bank requires the maintenance of a minimum tangible shareholders’ equity to tangible total assets of not less than 6.00%, and at December 31, 2005 such ratio was 6.26%. For this purpose, tangible shareholders’ equity excludes goodwill and other intangibles, with similar deductions from total assets.

 

LIQUIDITY RISK

 

Liquidity is defined as the degree of readiness to convert assets into cash with minimum loss. Liquidity risk is managed through WesBanco’s ability to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan demand, unexpected outflows in deposits and other borrowings as well as to take advantage of market opportunities and meet operating cash needs. This is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of securities, sufficient borrowing capacity and a stable core deposit base. Liquidity is centrally monitored by WesBanco’s Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”).

 

53


Table of Contents

WesBanco determines the degree of required liquidity by the relationship of total holdings of liquid assets to the possible need for funds to meet unexpected deposit losses and/or loan demands. The ability to quickly convert assets to cash at a minimal loss is a primary function of WesBanco’s investment portfolio management. Federal funds sold and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities maturing within three months are classified as secondary reserve assets. These secondary reserve assets, combined with the cash flow from the loan portfolio and the remaining sectors of the investment portfolio, and other sources, adequately meet the liquidity requirements of WesBanco.

 

Securities are the principal source of liquidity in total assets. Securities totaled $992.6 million at December 31, 2005, of which $603.2 million were classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco has approximately $75.4 million in securities scheduled to mature within one year compared to $29.7 million in the prior year. Additional cash flows may be anticipated from approximately $142.4 million in callable bonds, which have call dates within the next year, compared to $234.5 million at December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had $110.6 million of cash and cash equivalents which may also serve as additional sources of liquidity.

 

Deposit flows are another principal factor affecting overall bank liquidity. Deposits totaled $3.0 billion at December 31, 2005. Deposit flows are impacted by current interest rates, products and rates offered by WesBanco versus its competition, as well as customer behavior. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature within one year totaled $742.4 million at December 31, 2005. In addition to the relatively stable core deposit base, the Bank maintains a line of credit with the FHLB as an additional funding source. Available lines of credit with the FHLB at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 approximated $778.4 million and $915.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had unpledged available-for-sale securities with a book value of $157.5 million that could be used for collateral or sold, excluding FHLB blanket liens on WesBanco’s mortgage-related assets. Alternative funding sources may include the issuance of additional junior subordinated debt within allowed capital guidelines, utilization of existing lines of credit with third party banks along with seeking other lines of credit, borrowings under repurchase agreement lines, increasing deposit rates to attract additional funds, accessing brokered deposits as well as selling certain investment securities categorized as available-for-sale in order to maintain adequate levels of liquidity.

 

The principal sources of the parent company liquidity are dividends from the Bank, as well as a revolving line of credit with another bank. There are various legal limitations under federal and state laws that limit the payment of dividends from the Bank to the parent company. As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco could receive without prior regulatory approval a dividend of up to $11.6 million from the Bank. Additional liquidity is provided by the parent company’s security portfolio and an available line of credit with an independent commercial bank, totaling $35.0 million at December 31, 2005, which had an outstanding balance at December 31, 2005 of $12.5 million. In March 2005, WesBanco also issued $15.0 million in junior subordinated debt, which gave the parent company added liquidity in support of share repurchases and for general corporate purposes. WesBanco used a portion of this debt issuance to paydown part of the parent company line of credit used to fund the cash portion of the Winton acquisition.

 

At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had outstanding commitments to extend credit in the ordinary course of business approximating $529.7 million compared to $431.3 million at the end of the prior year. On a historical basis, only a small portion of these commitments will result in an outflow of funds. WesBanco has planned additions to fixed assets of approximately $7.8 million during 2006, with $7.3 million representing fixed asset commitments to build new branches as of December 31, 2005.

 

Management believes WesBanco has sufficient liquidity to meet current obligations to borrowers, depositors and others.

 

COMPARISON OF 2004 VERSUS 2003

 

Net income for 2004 was $38.2 million or $1.90 per diluted share compared to $36.1 million or $1.80 per diluted share for 2003. Return on average assets was 1.07% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared

 

54


Table of Contents

to 1.08% in 2003, and return on average equity was 11.37% for 2004, compared to 11.38% in 2003. The results for 2004 reflect the acquisition of Western Ohio and its banking subsidiary, Cornerstone Bank, from the closing date of the acquisition on August 31, 2004.

 

Net interest income for 2004 increased $6.2 million or 6.0% compared to 2003 due to a $221.0 million increase in average earning assets, with the majority of the increase attributable to the Western Ohio acquisition. The net interest margin decreased to 3.60% in 2004 compared to 3.66% in 2003, primarily as a result of lower yields on loans and investment securities as they repriced downward. Additionally, Western Ohio had a lower net interest margin than WesBanco.

 

Interest income increased $3.9 million or 2.4% in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to an increase in the volume of average earning assets, which was partially offset by a decrease in the yield on average earning assets. The increase in average earning assets was primarily due to organic growth in commercial and commercial real estate loans and the Western Ohio acquisition. The decrease in the yield on average earning assets was primarily due to lower rates realized on new earning assets as well as the repricing of existing earning assets.

 

Interest expense decreased $2.3 million or 3.7% in 2004, compared to 2003. The average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities for 2004 decreased 24 basis points to 2.08%, compared to 2.32% for 2003. The decrease in rates paid on interest bearing liabilities was partially offset by average interest bearing liabilities increasing $189.2 million or 7.0% compared to 2003.

 

The provision for loan losses in 2004 decreased to $7.7 million compared to $9.6 million in 2003 primarily due to overall improvement in credit quality, a significant reduction in delinquent loans, lower charge-offs in all categories of loans, and higher consumer recoveries. Net charge-offs for 2004 decreased 22.5% to $6.6 million compared to $8.5 million for 2003, primarily due to lower charge-offs in the commercial real estate and consumer loan categories.

 

Non-interest income for 2004 increased to $35.5 million compared to $33.2 million for 2003. Trust fees increased $1.4 million or 12.3% compared to 2003 reflecting higher equity valuations, new account relationships, and to a lesser extent a new fee schedule for certain account types applied late in 2003. Service charges on deposits for 2004 increased to $9.6 million compared to $9.2 million in 2003, primarily due to growth in deposit activity fees from an increase in deposit accounts, including the Western Ohio’s deposit accounts and a new fee schedule. Bank-owned life insurance income decreased slightly to $3.0 million in 2004 compared to $3.1 million in 2003 due to a decrease in policy yields, which was offset by income earned on the additional $9.3 million in bank-owned life insurance policies acquired with the Western Ohio acquisition.

 

Non-interest expenses for 2004 increased $8.1 million or 9.9% over 2003, primarily due to the Western Ohio acquisition on August 31, 2004. The increase in salaries and wages, which is the largest component, was due to an increase in full-time equivalents from 1,124 at December 31, 2003 to 1,209 at December 31, 2004, resulting from the Western Ohio acquisition. Employee benefit expense increased $1.5 million or 14.1% compared to 2003, due to increased payroll taxes associated with the increase in employees noted above and an increase in health care premiums. One of the largest increases was ATM costs based on transaction volume, which increased $0.7 million for 2004. Debit card and ATM interchange expenses also saw a marked increase due to the number of new cards issued from a special debit card promotion, the increased usage of debit and ATM cards by WesBanco’s existing customer base and additional cards issued to Western Ohio’s customers. Marketing expenses also increased $0.7 million due to additional costs associated with certain product marketing campaigns, and increased marketing in the acquired areas of Dayton/Springfield, Ohio.

 

55


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by the section captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” included in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this report.

 

MARKET RISK

 

The primary objective of WesBanco’s asset/liability management (“ALM”) function is to maximize net interest income within established policy parameters. This objective is accomplished through the management of balance sheet composition, market risk exposures arising from changing economic conditions and liquidity risk.

 

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and equity prices. Management considers interest rate risk WesBanco’s most significant market risk. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income due to changes in interest rates. Consistency of WesBanco’s net interest income is largely dependent on effective management of interest rate risk. As interest rates change in the market, rates earned on interest rate sensitive assets and rates paid on interest rate sensitive liabilities do not necessarily move concurrently. Differing rate sensitivities may arise because fixed rate assets and liabilities may not have the same maturities or because variable rate assets and liabilities differ in the timing and/or the percentage of rate changes.

 

WesBanco’s ALCO, comprised of senior management, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. Interest rate risk is monitored primarily through the use of an earnings simulation model. The model is highly dependent on assumptions, which change regularly as the balance sheet and interest rates change. The key assumptions and strategies employed are analyzed regularly and reviewed by ALCO.

 

The earnings simulation model projects changes in net interest income resulting from the effect of changes in interest rates. Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in the earnings simulation model. Modeling changes in net interest income requires making certain assumptions regarding prepayment rates, callable bonds, and adjustments to non-time deposit interest rates which may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. Prepayment assumptions and adjustments to non-time deposit rates at varying levels of interest rates are based primarily on historical experience and current market rates. Security portfolio maturities and prepayments are assumed to be reinvested in similar instruments and callable bond forecasts are adjusted at varying levels of interest rates. While we believe such assumptions to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed prepayment rates, callable bond forecasts and non-time deposit rate changes will approximate actual future results. Moreover, the net interest income sensitivity chart presented in Table 1, “Net Interest Income Sensitivity,” assumes the composition of interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of the period remains constant over the period being measured and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration of the maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Since the assumptions used in modeling changes in interest rates are uncertain, the simulation analysis should not be relied upon as being indicative of actual results. The analysis may not consider all actions that WesBanco could employ in response to changes in interest rates.

 

Interest rate risk policy limits are determined by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over a twelve month period assuming an immediate and sustained 200 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates compared to a stable rate or base model. WesBanco’s current policy limits this exposure to +/- 10.0% of net interest income from the base model for a twelve month period. Table 1, “Net Interest Income Sensitivity,” shows WesBanco’s interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 assuming both a 200 and 100 basis point interest rate change, compared to a base model.

 

56


Table of Contents

TABLE 1. NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY

 

Interest Rates

(basis points)


   Net Interest Income from Base over One Year

 

ALCO

Guidelines


   December 31, 2005

  December 31, 2004

 

+200

   -3.80%   -3.83%   +/- 10.0%

+100

   -1.42%   -0.11%   N/A

-100

   -0.37%   -1.03%   N/A

-200

   -2.85%   -4.96%   +/- 10.0%

 

With the federal funds rate at 4.25% at December 31, 2005 and interest rates directionally increasing, management believes that a decline of 200 basis points in rates is unlikely over a one year term. The earnings simulation model projects that net interest income for the next twelve month period would decrease by approximately 1.42% and 3.80% if interest rates were to rise immediately by 100 and 200 basis points, respectively. Net interest income would decrease by approximately 0.37% and 2.85% if interest rates were to decline by 100 and 200 basis points, respectively. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco’s increased exposure to rising interest rates was impacted by assumptions on callable bonds and by a decrease in the interest sensitivity of the loan portfolio due to an increased amount of fixed rate residential and commercial real estate loans, much of which was acquired from Winton and by the shorter maturities of certificates of deposit and FHLB borrowings.

 

As an alternative to the immediate rate shock analysis, the ALCO monitors interest rate risk by ramping or increasing interest rates 200 basis points gradually over a twelve month period. WesBanco’s current policy limits this exposure to +/- 5.0% of net interest income from the base model for a twelve month period. Management believes that the ramping analysis reflects a more realistic movement of interest rates, whereas the immediate rate shock reflects a worse case scenario. The simulation model using the 200 basis point ramp analysis projects that net interest income would decrease 0.38% over the next twelve months.

 

WesBanco’s ALCO evaluates various strategies to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These strategies at December 31, 2005 emphasized reducing liability sensitivity in anticipation of continued rising interest rates. Among the strategies that are evaluated from time to time are the utilization of interest rate swap agreements and the evaluation of the level and possible reductions in certain FHLB borrowings. The current interest rate swap agreements employed by WesBanco were purchased at various times in 2001 to effectively convert a portion of prime rate money market deposits to a fixed-rate basis. At December 31, 2005, the notional value of the interest rate swap agreements was $77.4 million, compared to $87.4 million at December 31, 2004. Related market losses of $0.4 million, net of tax, at December 31, 2005 compared to a market loss of $1.5 million, net of tax, at December 31, 2004, are recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

Other strategies evaluated by ALCO include managing the level of WesBanco’s fixed rate residential real estate loans maintained in the loan portfolio versus selling them in the secondary market, potentially purchasing shorter term or variable rate residential real estate loan pools, shortening duration in the securities portfolio, emphasizing lower cost transaction-based accounts, growing intermediate maturity certificate of deposit products and using liquidity from investment security proceeds from maturities, calls and repayments to fund loans.

 

57


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

WesBanco, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WesBanco, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WesBanco, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of WesBanco, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2006

 

58


Table of Contents

WESBANCO, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


   2005

    2004

 

ASSETS

                

Cash and due from banks, including interest bearing amounts of $2,432 and $3,446, respectively

   $ 110,608     $ 97,057  

Securities:

                

Available-for-sale, at fair value

     603,171       765,320  

Held-to-maturity (fair values of $397,101 and $381,757, respectively)

     389,393       367,780  
    


 


Total securities

     992,564       1,133,100  
    


 


Loans held for sale

     28,803       3,169  
    


 


Portfolio loans:

                

Commercial

     417,161       409,904  

Commercial real estate

     1,118,342       898,140  

Residential real estate

     929,823       771,337  

Home equity

     175,651       148,486  

Consumer

     271,100       257,499  
    


 


Total portfolio loans, net of unearned income

     2,912,077       2,485,366  

Allowance for loan losses

     (30,957 )     (29,486 )
    


 


Net portfolio loans

     2,881,120       2,455,880  
    


 


Premises and equipment, net

     64,707       56,670  

Accrued interest receivable

     20,426       18,599  

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     147,658       83,922  

Bank-owned life insurance

     79,573       78,186  

Other assets

     96,656       84,816  
    


 


Total Assets

   $ 4,422,115     $ 4,011,399  
    


 


LIABILITIES

                

Deposits:

                

Non-interest bearing demand

   $ 392,116     $ 355,364  

Interest bearing demand

     325,582       312,080  

Money market

     444,071       587,523  

Savings deposits

     462,601       362,581  

Certificates of deposit

     1,403,954       1,108,386  
    


 


Total deposits

     3,028,324       2,725,934  
    


 


Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     612,693       599,411  

Other short-term borrowings

     244,301       200,513  

Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

     87,638       72,174  
    


 


Total borrowings

     944,632       872,098  
    


 


Accrued interest payable

     8,932       6,903  

Other liabilities

     24,997       36,283  
    


 


Total Liabilities

     4,006,885       3,641,218  
    


 


SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                

Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $2.0833 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 23,615,859 shares issued; outstanding: 21,955,359 shares and 20,837,469 shares, respectively

     49,200       44,415  

Capital surplus

     122,345       61,451  

Retained earnings

     300,452       281,013  

Treasury stock ( 1,660,500 and 481,879 shares, respectively, at cost)

     (47,769 )     (12,711 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (7,875 )     (2,415 )

Deferred benefits for directors and employees

     (1,123 )     (1,572 )
    


 


Total Shareholders’ Equity

     415,230       370,181  
    


 


Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 4,422,115     $ 4,011,399  
    


 


 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

WESBANCO, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


   2005

   2004

   2003

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME

                    

Loans, including fees

   $ 178,291    $ 123,270    $ 115,311

Interest and dividends on securities:

                    

Taxable

     28,161      28,543      32,249

Tax-exempt

     18,252      17,509      17,722
    

  

  

Total interest and dividends on securities

     46,413      46,052      49,971
    

  

  

Federal funds sold

     41      114      234
    

  

  

Total interest and dividend income

     224,745      169,436      165,516
    

  

  

INTEREST EXPENSE

                    

Interest bearing demand deposits

     1,700      907      998

Money market deposits

     10,011      9,731      10,879

Savings deposits

     3,411      1,129      1,893

Certificates of deposit

     43,057      27,819      30,969
    

  

  

Total interest expense on deposits

     58,179      39,586      44,739
    

  

  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     22,871      15,204      13,932

Other short-term borrowings

     6,324      2,482      2,398

Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

     5,060      2,940      1,443
    

  

  

Total interest expense

     92,434      60,212      62,512
    

  

  

NET INTEREST INCOME

     132,311      109,224      103,004

Provision for loan losses

     8,045      7,735      9,612
    

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     124,266      101,489      93,392
    

  

  

NON-INTEREST INCOME

                    

Trust fees

     14,305      13,056      11,629

Service charges on deposits

     11,534      9,550      9,190

Bank-owned life insurance

     2,844      2,962      3,129

Net securities gains

     2,021      2,768      2,778

Net gains on sales of loans

     1,016      350      1,497

Other income

     7,413      6,855      5,007
    

  

  

Total non-interest income

     39,133      35,541      33,230
    

  

  

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

                    

Salaries and wages

     41,799      35,530      32,946

Employee benefits

     14,491      11,863      10,397

Net occupancy

     7,167      5,763      5,543

Equipment

     8,381      7,728      7,155

Core deposit intangibles amortization

     2,667      1,371      1,377

Merger-related and other restructuring expenses

     1,530      397      256

Other operating expenses

     32,885      27,220      24,136
    

  

  

Total non-interest expense

     108,920      89,872      81,810
    

  

  

Income before provision for income taxes

     54,479      47,158      44,812

Provision for income taxes

     11,722      8,976      8,682
    

  

  

NET INCOME

   $ 42,757    $ 38,182    $ 36,130
    

  

  

EARNINGS PER SHARE

                    

Basic

   $ 1.90    $ 1.91    $ 1.80

Diluted

   $ 1.90    $ 1.90    $ 1.80

AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING

                    

Basic

     22,474,645      20,028,248      20,056,849

Diluted

     22,528,262      20,083,718      20,080,415

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE

   $ 1.04    $ 1.00    $ 0.96

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

WESBANCO, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 
    Common Stock

  Capital
Surplus


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Stock


    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Deferred
Benefits for
Directors &
Employees


    Total

 

(dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)


  Shares

    Amount

           

January 1, 2003

  20,461,745     $ 44,415   $ 52,855     $ 246,148     $ (20,482 )   $ 4,305     $ (2,070 )   $ 325,171  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        36,130                               36,130  

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                                        (6,169 )             (6,169 )
                                                       


Comprehensive income

                                                        29,961  

Dividends declared on common stock ($0.96 per share)

                        (19,198 )                             (19,198 )

Treasury shares purchased

  (830,659 )           45               (20,531 )                     (20,486 )

Treasury shares sold

  110,378                             2,630                       2,630  

Payment on ESOP debt

                                                450       450  

Deferred benefits for directors—net

                                                (92 )     (92 )
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


December 31, 2003

  19,741,464     $ 44,415   $ 52,900     $ 263,080     $ (38,383 )   $ (1,864 )   $ (1,712 )   $ 318,436  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        38,182                               38,182  

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                                        (551 )             (551 )
                                                       


Comprehensive income

                                                        37,631  

Dividends delcared on common stock ($1.00 per share)

                        (20,249 )                             (20,249 )

Treasury shares purchased

  (144,474 )                           (4,159 )                     (4,159 )

Treasury shares sold

  63,544             (106 )             1,526                       1,420  

Shares issued for acquisition

  1,176,935             7,926               28,305                       36,231  

Allocation of employee benefit plan shares

                153                                       153  

Tax benefit from employee benefit plans

                250                                       250  

Payment on ESOP debt

                                                325       325  

Deferred benefits for directors—net

                328                               (185 )     143  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


December 31, 2004

  20,837,469     $ 44,415   $ 61,451     $ 281,013     $ (12,711 )   $ (2,415 )   $ (1,572 )   $ 370,181  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

                        42,757                               42,757  

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                                        (5,460 )             (5,460 )
                                                       


Comprehensive income

                                                        37,297  

Dividends declared on common stock ($1.04 per share)

                        (23,318 )                             (23,318 )

Treasury shares purchased

  (1,378,482 )                           (39,986 )                     (39,986 )

Treasury shares sold

  199,861             (1,564 )             4,928                       3,364  

Shares issued for acquisition

  2,296,511       4,785     60,539                                       65,324  

Allocation of employee benefit plan shares

                203                                       203  

Tax benefit from employee benefit plans

                921                                       921  

Payment on ESOP debt

                                                253       253  

Deferred benefits for directors—net

                795                               196       991  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


December 31, 2005

  21,955,359     $ 49,200   $ 122,345     $ 300,452     $ (47,769 )   $ (7,875 )   $ (1,123 )   $ 415,230  
   

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

There was no activity in Preferred Stock during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

WESBANCO, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                        

Net income

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation

     6,109       5,940       5,826  

Net amortization

     (223 )     2,895       4,983  

Provision for loan losses

     8,045       7,735       9,612  

Net securities gains

     (2,021 )     (2,768 )     (2,778 )

Net gains on sales of loans

     (1,016 )     (350 )     (1,497 )

Tax benefit from employee benefit plans

     921       250       —    

Deferred income taxes

     3,750       1,407       (364 )

Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance

     (1,387 )     (2,843 )     (3,085 )

Loans originated for sale

     (74,485 )     (28,469 )     (39,186 )

Proceeds from the sale of loans originated for sale

     76,588       27,391       43,667  

Net change in: other assets and accrued interest receivable

     (4,160 )     (24,352 )     2,717  

Net change in: other liabilities and interest payable

     (11,955 )     8,314       4,694  

Other—net

     1,930       (281 )     341  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     44,853       33,051       61,060  
    


 


 


INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                        

Securities available-for-sale:

                        

Proceeds from sales

     129,034       161,362       160,579  

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls

     248,700       236,704       465,009  

Purchases of securities

     (196,863 )     (358,855 )     (717,338 )

Securities held-to-maturity:

                        

Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls

     21,969       81,724       89,168  

Purchases of securities

     (27,249 )     (27,475 )     (28,918 )

Acquisition, net of cash paid

     (37,819 )     (26,874 )     —    

Net increase in loans

     (51,534 )     (220,608 )     (125,417 )

Purchases of premises and equipment—net

     (8,492 )     (4,967 )     (3,248 )

Sale of portfolio loans—net

     66,791       —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     144,537       (158,989 )     (160,165 )
    


 


 


FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                        

(Decrease) increase in deposits

     (55,817 )     (11,389 )     83,602  

(Decrease) increase in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     (119,867 )     124,708       19,357  

Increase (decrease) in other short-term borrowings

     2,888       (40,341 )     51,119  

Increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased

     40,900       23,100       (9,000 )

Redemption of trust preferred securities

     —         —         (12,650 )

Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

     15,464       41,238       30,936  

Dividends paid

     (22,785 )     (19,792 )     (19,278 )

Treasury shares purchased—net

     (36,622 )     (2,739 )     (17,856 )
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (175,839 )     114,785       126,230  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     13,551       (11,153 )     27,125  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     97,057       108,210       81,085  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

   $ 110,608     $ 97,057     $ 108,210  
    


 


 


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES

                        

Interest paid on deposits and other borrowings

   $ 89,788     $ 57,995     $ 64,658  

Income taxes paid

     6,425       11,075       7,880  

Transfers of loans to other real estate owned

     1,336       1,132       1,799  

Transfers of loans to held for sale

     26,820       —         —    

Summary of Business Acquisition

                        

Fair value of tangible assets acquired

   $ 547,642     $ 413,806     $ —    

Fair value of core deposit intangibles acquired

     2,905       3,600       —    

Fair value of liabilities assumed

     (505,756 )     (373,404 )     —    

Stock issued for the purchase of acquired company’s common stock

     (65,324 )     (36,231 )     —    

Cash paid in the acquisition

     (43,787 )     (31,663 )     —    
    


 


 


Goodwill recognized

   $ (64,320 )   $ (23,892 )   $ —    
    


 


 


 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

NATURE OF OPERATIONS— WesBanco, Inc. (“WesBanco”) is a bank holding company offering a full range of financial services, including trust and investment services, mortgage banking, insurance and brokerage services. WesBanco’s defined business segments are community banking and trust and investment services. WesBanco’s banking subsidiary, WesBanco Bank, Inc. (“Bank”), headquartered in Wheeling, West Virginia, operates through 85 banking offices, two loan production offices and 124 ATM machines in West Virginia, Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. In addition, WesBanco operates an insurance brokerage company, WesBanco Insurance Services, Inc., and a full service broker/dealer, WesBanco Securities, Inc. that also operates Mountaineer Securities, WesBanco’s discount brokerage operation.

 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION— The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of WesBanco and those entities in which WesBanco has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

WesBanco determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity. Under Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” a voting interest entity is an entity in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provides the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make financial and operating decisions. WesBanco consolidates voting interest entities in which it owns all, or at least a majority (generally, greater than 50%) of the voting interest. Under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN No. 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” variable interest entities (“VIE”) are entities that in general either do not have equity investors with voting rights or that have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when a company absorbs a majority of an entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of an entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The company with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, is required to consolidate the VIE. WesBanco has five wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trusts II, IV, V and VI and WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III (collectively, the “Trusts”), for which it does not absorb a majority of expected losses or receive a majority of the expected residual returns. Accordingly, the Trusts and their net assets are not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. However, the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by WesBanco to the Trusts (refer to Note 13, “Junior Subordinated Debt Owed to Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trusts”) and the minority interest in the common stock issued by the Trusts is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. WesBanco also owns variable interests of less than twenty-five percent in certain limited partnerships for which it does not absorb a majority of expected losses or receive a majority of expected residual returns. Accordingly, these partnerships and their net assets, which are discussed below under the caption “Investments in Limited Partnerships” are not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

USE OF ESTIMATES— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS— Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method, the net assets of an acquired business are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition with any excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Results of operations of an acquired business are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition.

 

RECLASSIFICATIONS— Certain prior year financial information has been reclassified to conform to the presentation in 2005. The reclassifications had no effect on net income.

 

63


Table of Contents

REVENUE RECOGNITION —Interest and dividend income, loan fees, trust fees, fees and charges on deposit accounts, insurance commissions and other ancillary income related to the Bank’s deposits and lending activities, as well as income at WesBanco’s other subsidiary companies, are accrued as earned.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS— For financial reporting purposes, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, due from banks—interest bearing and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods.

 

SECURITIES— Securities Available-for-sale: Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity, and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. These securities may be sold at any time based upon management’s assessment of changes in economic or financial market conditions, interest rate or prepayment risks, liquidity considerations and other factors. These securities are stated at fair value, with the fair value adjustment, net of tax, reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

Securities Held-to-maturity: Securities that are purchased with the positive intent and ability to be held until their maturity are stated at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

 

Securities Available for Trading: Securities held for resale in the near term are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in current operating results. WesBanco did not have a trading portfolio as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

Cost-Method Investments: Securities that do not have readily determinable fair values and for which WesBanco does not exercise significant influence are carried at cost. Cost method investments consisting of Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock totaled $43.5 and $39.1 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cost-method investments are evaluated for impairment whenever events or circumstances suggest that their carrying value may not be recoverable. No such events were identified during the periods presented. Accordingly, no impairment testing was performed.

 

Gains and Losses: Net realized gains and losses on sales of securities are included in non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. The gain or loss is determined as of the trade date. Prior unrealized gains and losses are recorded through other comprehensive income and reversed when gains or losses are realized or an impairment charge is recorded.

 

Amortization and Accretion: Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are included in interest on securities on a constant yield basis or generally to call date.

 

Other-than-Temporary Impairment Losses: Declines in the fair value of investment securities below cost are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment losses. Impairment losses for declines in value of fixed maturity investments and equity securities below cost attributable to issuer-specific events are based upon all relevant facts and circumstances for each investment and are recognized when appropriate. Declines in the value of investment securities that are considered “other-than-temporary” are recorded in net securities gains (losses). For fixed maturity investments with unrealized losses due to market conditions or industry-related events where WesBanco has the positive intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow a market recovery, declines in value below cost are not assumed to be other-than-temporary.

 

WesBanco conducts a review each quarter for all securities which have possible indications of impairment, particularly those equaling or exceeding six months in a loss position for equity securities and twelve months for debt securities. WesBanco further reviews the results of the above testing for any security which might be considered for an other-than-temporary-impairment write-down. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, WesBanco also considers the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, evaluating any credit downgrades or other indicators of a potential credit problem, the receipt of principal and interest according

 

64


Table of Contents

to the contractual terms and the intent and ability of WesBanco to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Any securities that are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired are reflected in current earnings as realized losses, with appropriate adjustment for the portion previously accounted for as an unrealized loss in other comprehensive income.

 

LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE— Loans are generally reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest is accrued as earned on loans except where doubt exists as to collectibility, in which case recognition of income is discontinued. Loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate.

 

A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that WesBanco will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include all non-accrual and renegotiated loans, as well as certain loans internally classified as substandard or doubtful (as those terms are defined by banking regulations) that meet the definition of impaired loans. WesBanco generally recognizes interest income on non-accrual loans on the cash basis after recovery of principal is reasonably assured. Certain consumer loans are not placed on non-accrual, and instead are charged down to the net realizable value at 120 days past due for closed-end loans and 180 days past due for open-end revolving lines of credit. When repossession of collateral on secured consumer loans is assured and in process, the charged-down balance is reclassified to other assets. Residential real estate loans are generally not placed on non-accrual, and instead are charged down to the net realizable value of the collateral at 180 days past due and reclassified to other assets when the foreclosure occurs.

 

Loan origination fees and certain direct costs are deferred and accreted or amortized into interest income or expense, as an adjustment to the yield, over the life of the loan using the level yield method. When a loan is paid off, the remaining unaccreted or unamortized net origination fees or costs are immediately recognized into income or expense.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES— The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance requires significant judgment about the collectibility of loans and the factors that deserve consideration in estimating probable credit losses. The allowance is increased by a provision charged to operating expense and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Certain amounts from an acquiree’s prior allowance for loan losses may also be added. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.

 

Larger commercial and commercial real estate loans that exhibit observed credit weaknesses and are deemed to be impaired pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan” are subject to individual review. Where appropriate, for loans in excess of $1.0 million, reserves are established based on the present value of expected future cash flows available to pay the loan and/or the estimated realizable value of the collateral, if any. Reserves are established for the remainder of the commercial and commercial real estate loan portfolio based on a migration analysis, which computes historical loss rates on loans according to their internal risk grade. The risk grading system is intended to identify and measure the credit quality of all commercial and commercial real estate loans. Homogenous loans, such as consumer, residential real estate and home equity loans are not individually risk graded. Reserves for homogenous loans are based on average historical loss rates for each category. Historical loss rates for all categories of loans are calculated for multiple periods of time ranging from the most recent quarter to the past three years. Historical loss rates may be adjusted to reflect factors that, in management’s judgment, impact expected loss rates such as changing economic conditions, delinquency and non-performing loan trends, changes in internal lending policies and credit standards, and the results of examinations by bank regulatory agencies and WesBanco’s loan review function.

 

Management relies on observable data from internal and external sources to evaluate each of these factors, adjust assumptions and recognize changing conditions to reduce differences between estimated and actual

 

65


Table of Contents

observed losses from period to period. The evaluation of the allowance also takes into consideration the inherent imprecision of loss estimation models and techniques and includes general reserves for probable but undetected losses in each category of loans based on a judgmental analysis of certain factors such as economic trends, changes in loan staffing, trends in the portfolio itself and other factors. WesBanco continually refines and enhances the loss estimation models and techniques it uses to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses, however, there have been no material substantive changes to such models and techniques compared to prior periods. While management allocates the allowance to different loan categories, the allowance is general in nature and is available to absorb credit losses for the entire loan portfolio.

 

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS— Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) represent the right to service loans for third party investors. MSRs are accounted for pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities,” which requires that a company recognize a separate asset, rights to service mortgage loans for others, regardless of how those servicing rights are acquired. MSRs are recognized upon the sale of mortgage loans to a third party investor with the servicing rights retained by WesBanco. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments from borrowers, maintaining escrow accounts, remitting payments to third party investors and when necessary, foreclosure processing. Serviced loans are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Loan servicing income includes servicing fees received from the third party investors and certain charges collected from the borrowers. Originated MSRs are recorded at allocated fair value at the time of the sale of the loans to the third party investor. MSRs are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income. MSRs are carried at amortized cost, less a valuation allowance for impairment, if any. Impairment exists if the carrying value of MSRs exceeds the estimated fair value of the MSRs. In calculating the fair value of the MSRs, the serviced loans are segregated into pools using, as pooling criteria, the loan term and the coupon rate. Individual impairment allowances for each pool are established when necessary and then adjusted in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the valuation of the pool. Once pooled, each grouping of loans is evaluated on a discounted earnings basis to determine the present value of future earnings that a purchaser could expect to realize from each portfolio as well as numerous assumptions including servicing income and costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds and other market driven data. The fair value of MSRs is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the fair value of MSRs. Generally, as interest rates decline, prepayments accelerate due to increased refinance activity, which results in a decrease in the fair value of MSRs. Conversely, as interest rates rise, prepayments slow down generally resulting in an increase in the fair value of MSRs. All assumptions are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted as necessary to reflect current and anticipated market conditions.

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT— Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of owned assets is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated economic useful lives of the leased assets or the remaining terms of the underlying leases. Useful lives range from 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment, 15 to 35 years for buildings and building improvements, and 15 years for land improvements. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while major improvements that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset. Gains and losses on premises and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are charged to operations when incurred.

 

Long-lived depreciable assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, WesBanco recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset based on a market price from a recent appraisal, if applicable, or a discounted cash flow analysis. Any resulting impairment losses are recorded in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND REPOSSESSED ASSETS— Other real estate owned and repossessed assets, which are reported in other assets, are carried at the lower of cost or their estimated current

 

66


Table of Contents

fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Other real estate owned consists primarily of properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosures. Repossessed assets consist primarily of automobiles and recreational vehicles acquired to satisfy defaulted consumer loans. Subsequent declines in fair value, if any, and gains or losses on the disposition of these assets are charged to current expense.

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS— Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability.

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more often if events or circumstances indicate they may be impaired. Finite-lived intangible assets, which consist of core deposit intangibles (long-term customer-relationship intangible assets) are amortized using straight-line and accelerated methods over their weighted-average estimated useful lives, ranging from seven to eleven years and are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

Goodwill is tested for potential impairment using a two-step approach. In the first step, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of that reporting unit is not considered impaired, and no impairment loss is recognized. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two, which involves comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying value, is completed and to the extent that the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. An indefinite-lived intangible asset is tested for impairment by comparing its fair value to its carrying value. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. A finite-lived intangible asset is tested for impairment by comparing its fair value based on undiscounted cash flow projections to its carrying value. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

 

WesBanco uses market capitalization and multiples of tangible book value methods to determine the estimated current fair value of its reporting units. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of these methods, which may produce results that would be different than the results that could be realized in an actual transaction.

 

BANK-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE— WesBanco has purchased life insurance policies on certain executive officers and employees. WesBanco receives the cash surrender value of each policy upon its termination or benefits are payable upon the death of the insured. These policies are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their net cash surrender value. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized as non-interest income or expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

DERIVATIVES— From time to time WesBanco enters into derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk or to hedge specified assets and liabilities. All derivatives are recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. To qualify for hedge accounting, a derivative must be designated as a hedge and be highly effective both at inception and on an ongoing basis in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows for the risk being hedged. Additionally, formal documentation of the hedging relationship and the entity’s risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge must be prepared at inception and maintained during the life of the hedge. WesBanco considers a hedge to be highly effective if the change in fair value of a derivative instrument is within 80% to 120% of the offsetting change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, both the change in the fair value of the hedge and the hedged item are included in current earnings. Fair value adjustments related to cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction is

 

67


Table of Contents

recognized in earnings. Any ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings as it occurs. Actual cash receipts and/or payments and related accruals on derivatives are recorded as adjustments to interest income or interest expense associated with the hedged item. During the life of the hedge, WesBanco formally assesses, on a periodic basis, whether or not the hedge continues to be highly effective. If the hedge ceases to be highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively and previous adjustments to the carrying value of the hedge are reversed into earnings in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

 

INTEREST RATE LOCK COMMITMENTS— In order to attract potential home borrowers, WesBanco offers interest rate lock commitments (“IRLC”) to such potential borrowers. IRLC are generally for sixty days and guarantee a specified interest rate for a loan if underwriting standards are met, but the commitment does not obligate the potential borrower to close on the loan. Accordingly, some IRLC expire prior to the funding of the related loan. For all IRLC issued in connection with potential loans intended for sale, which consist primarily of originated twenty and thirty year fixed rate residential home mortgage loans and certain 15 year fixed rate loans, the bank enters into one-to-one forward sales contracts on a best efforts basis (if the loan does not close for whatever reason, there is no obligation on WesBanco’s part to sell the loan to the investor). WesBanco enters into such contracts in order to control interest rate risk during the period between the IRLC and loan funding. Whenever a customer desires these products, a mortgage originator quotes a secondary market rate, guaranteed for that day by the investor. The IRLC is executed between the mortgagee and WesBanco, and in turn a forward sales contract is executed between WesBanco and an investor. Both the IRLC and the corresponding forward sales contract for each customer are considered derivatives under SFAS No. 133, as amended. As such, changes in the fair value of the derivatives during the commitment period are recorded in current earnings and included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of IRLC is the gain or loss that would be realized on the underlying loans assuming exercise of the commitments under current market rates versus the rate incorporated in the commitments, taking into consideration fallout. The fair value of forward sales contracts is based on quoted market prices. Since loans typically close before receipt of funding from an investor, they are accounted for at the lower of cost or market as “Loans Held for Sale” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

INVESTMENTS IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS— WesBanco accounts for its investments in limited partnerships using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, WesBanco records its initial investment at cost. Subsequently, the carrying amount of the investment is increased or decreased to reflect WesBanco’s share of income or loss of the investee. WesBanco’s recognition of earnings or losses from an equity method investment is based on WesBanco’s ownership percentage in the limited partnership and the investee’s earnings on a quarterly basis.

 

All of WesBanco’s investments in limited partnerships are privately held, and their market values are not readily available. There are inherent risks associated with WesBanco’s investments in limited partnerships which may result in income statement volatility in future periods. WesBanco includes its investments in limited partnerships in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

INCOME TAXES— The provision for income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Income includes both federal and state income taxes and is based on income in the financial statements, rather than amounts reported on WesBanco’s income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

ADVERTISING COSTS— Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred and totaled $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

EARNINGS PER SHARE— Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. For diluted EPS, the weighted-average number of shares for each period is increased by the number of shares which would be issued assuming the exercise of common stock options. Unallocated shares held by the employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) are excluded from the computation of EPS, whereas allocated shares are included in computing EPS.

 

TRUST ASSETS— Assets held by the Bank in fiduciary or agency capacities for its customers are not included as assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certain trust assets are held on deposit at the Bank.

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME— Sources of comprehensive income not included in net income consist of unrealized gains and losses (net fair value adjustments) on securities available-for-sale and derivatives and, if applicable, additional minimum pension liability, net of tax.

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN— WesBanco accounts for its leveraged ESOP in accordance with the provisions of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The cost of unallocated shares held by the ESOP is recorded as a reduction of shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Compensation expense is recognized when shares are committed to be released based on the average fair value of the shares. Shares are released to participants as principal payments are made on the loan owed to the Bank by the ESOP. Dividends on unallocated shares are used to pay interest and principal on the loan. Dividends on allocated shares are added to participants’ accounts and recorded as a reduction of retained earnings in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION— WesBanco accounts for stock-based compensation under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” using the intrinsic value method. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense for employee stock options is generally not recognized if the exercise price of the option equaled or exceeded the market price of the stock on the date of grant. In accordance with FAS 123 as amended by FAS 148, WesBanco provides pro forma disclosures as if it had applied the fair value based method in measuring all outstanding stock options.

 

The following table presents the effect on net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands, except per share amounts)


   2005

   2004

   2003

Net income as reported

   $ 42,757    $ 38,182    $ 36,130

Stock based compensation expense under fair value method—net of tax

     —        430      457
    

  

  

Pro forma net income

   $ 42,757    $ 37,752    $ 35,673
    

  

  

Earnings per share as reported—basic

   $ 1.90    $ 1.91    $ 1.80

Earnings per share as reported—diluted

   $ 1.90    $ 1.90    $ 1.80
    

  

  

Pro forma earnings per share—basic

   $ 1.90    $ 1.88    $ 1.78

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted

   $ 1.90    $ 1.88    $ 1.78

 

The fair values of stock options granted were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During 2005 and 2004, WesBanco granted stock options on common stock to employees totaling 116,500 and 63,001, respectively. There were no options granted during 2003.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the significant assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the grants:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

       2003    

Weighted-average life

     6 Years      6 Years    —  

Risk-free interest rates

     3.80%      4.16%    —  

Dividend yield

     3.65%      3.75%    —  

Volatility factors

     29.33%      29.64%    —  

Fair value of the grants

   $ 6.63    $ 6.19    —  

 

The options granted in 2005 vest in three increments, with one-third vesting on December 31, 2005, one-third vesting on December 31, 2006 and the final one-third vesting on December 31, 2007, based on WesBanco achieving the specified EPS target for each respective year. Since the options granted in 2005 only vest if the specified EPS targets are met, the fair value of each option was determined as if it was vested at the date of grant. Compensation expense under the fair value method is based on the number of options expected to vest each year based on management’s best estimate of the probability that the underlying EPS targets will be achieved. Since the EPS target for 2005 was not achieved, no compensation expense was recognized in 2005 for the options scheduled to vest on December 31, 2005. The remaining options granted in 2005 will be evaluated under FAS 123 in the first quarter of 2006 and may result in compensation expense in 2006 and 2007.

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS— In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (FSP) No. 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” FSP 115-1 provides guidance for determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether impairment is other-than-temporary, and measurement of an impairment loss. An investment is considered impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its cost. If after evaluating all available evidence and the realizable value of an investment, its impairment is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment loss should be recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s cost and its fair value. FSP 115-1 nullifies certain provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” while retaining the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1. FSP 115-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a significant impact on WesBanco’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”—a replacement of APB No. 20, “Accounting Changes,” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” Under the provisions of SFAS No. 154, voluntary changes in accounting principles are applied retrospectively to prior periods’ financial statements unless it would be impractical. SFAS No. 154 supersedes APB Opinion No. 20, which required that most voluntary changes in accounting principles be recognized by including in the current period’s net income the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS No. 154 also makes a distinction between “retrospective application” of a change in accounting principle and the “restatement” of financial statements to reflect the correction of an error. The provisions of SFAS No. 154 are effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. There are no voluntary changes in accounting principles contemplated at this time and therefore the adoption of this standard in 2006 is not expected to have a significant impact on WesBanco’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB No. 107”), “Share-Based Payment,” providing guidance on option valuation methods, the accounting for income tax effects of share-based payment arrangements upon adoption of SFAS No. 123-R, and the disclosures in MD&A subsequent to the adoption. WesBanco will provide SAB No. 107 required disclosures upon adoption of SFAS No. 123-R on January 1, 2006. The adoption of this pronouncement in 2006 is not expected to have a significant impact on WesBanco’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

In December 2004 the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123-R”). SFAS No. 123-R addresses all forms of share-based payment (“SBP”) awards, including shares

 

70


Table of Contents

issued under employee stock purchase plans, stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. SFAS No. 123-R requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments such as stock options granted to employees. WesBanco will be required to apply SFAS No. 123-R using one of two methods, the modified prospective method or restatement of previously issued financial statements. Under the modified prospective method, a company will be required to record compensation expense (as previous awards continue to vest) for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. Under the second method, a company may restate previously issued financial statements, basing the amounts on the expense previously calculated and reported in their pro forma disclosures that had been required by SFAS No. 123. WesBanco will apply the modified prospective method upon adopting SFAS No. 123-R. The adoption of this standard in the first quarter of 2006 is not expected to have a significant impact on WesBanco’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

NOTE 2. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Earnings per share are calculated as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

(in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)


   2005

   2004

   2003

Numerator for both basic and diluted earnings per share:

                    

Net Income

   $ 42,757    $ 38,182    $ 36,130
    

  

  

Denominator:

                    

Total average basic common shares outstanding

     22,474,645      20,028,248      20,056,849

Effect of dilutive stock options

     53,617      55,470      23,566
    

  

  

Total diluted average common shares outstanding

     22,528,262      20,083,718      20,080,415
    

  

  

Earnings per share—basic

   $ 1.90    $ 1.91    $ 1.80

Earnngs per share—diluted

   $ 1.90    $ 1.90    $ 1.80

 

NOTE 3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

On January 3, 2005, WesBanco completed the acquisition of Winton Financial Corporation (“Winton”) and the merger of Winton’s subsidiary, Winton Savings and Loan Company, with and into the Bank. WesBanco and Winton entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger on August 25, 2004. Winton and its banking subsidiary operated through seven branch offices and two residential mortgage loan production offices in the Cincinnati, Ohio, metropolitan market at the time of acquisition, although one of the loan production offices has since been closed. The primary reasons for the merger with Winton were for entry into new higher growth markets and to further expand WesBanco’s branch network in southwestern Ohio.

 

The aggregate purchase price for Winton was approximately $109.1 million and was consummated through the exchange of a combination of WesBanco common stock at a rate of 0.755 shares for 60% of Winton’s shares outstanding and $20.75 per share in cash for the remaining 40% of its stock. The acquisition was completed through the issuance of 2,296,511 shares of WesBanco newly issued common stock and the payment of $43.8 million in cash for stock and acquisition costs paid from WesBanco’s available cash of which $20.0 million was funded by a line of credit with an independent commercial bank.

 

WesBanco also paid $1.9 million for Winton’s outstanding stock options to those individuals electing cash instead of WesBanco stock options and recognized $1.7 million in direct costs accounted for as part of goodwill associated with the merger of which $0.2 million remained unpaid at December 31, 2005. The direct merger costs included involuntary employee termination costs of $0.5 million along with legal, accounting advisory and conversion costs of $1.1 million and an additional $0.1 million in other costs. As of the date of the acquisition on January 3, 2005, Winton had total assets of approximately $551 million, loans of $482 million, deposits of $359 million, borrowings of $133 million and shareholders’ equity of $49 million. WesBanco’s Consolidated Statements of Income include the results of operations of Winton from the closing date of the acquisition.

 

71


Table of Contents

WesBanco recorded goodwill of $64.3 million and a core deposit intangible of $2.9 million in conjunction with the merger. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles were allocated to WesBanco’s community banking segment. The Winton core deposit intangible has a weighted-average useful life of approximately 10 years.

 

On August 31, 2004, WesBanco completed the acquisition of Western Ohio Financial Corporation (“Western Ohio”), Springfield, Ohio and the merger of Western Ohio’s subsidiary, Cornerstone Bank, with and into the Bank. WesBanco and Western Ohio entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger on April 1, 2004. The merger with Western Ohio provided WesBanco entry into new higher growth markets and expanded WesBanco’s already existing branch network in the state of Ohio.

 

The aggregate purchase price for Western Ohio was approximately $67.9 million and was consummated through the exchange of a combination of WesBanco common stock at a rate of 1.18 shares for 55% of Western Ohio’s shares outstanding and $35.00 per share in cash for the remaining 45% of its stock. The acquisition was completed through the issuance of 1,176,935 shares of WesBanco common shares held in treasury and the payment of $28.6 million in cash paid from WesBanco’s available cash, primarily from the issuance of junior subordinated debt in June of 2004. WesBanco also paid $1.6 million for Western Ohio’s outstanding stock options to those individuals electing cash instead of WesBanco stock options and paid $1.5 million in direct costs associated with the merger. The direct merger costs included involuntary employee termination costs of $0.6 million along with legal, accounting advisory and conversion costs of $0.9 million. As of the date of the acquisition on August 31, 2004, Western Ohio had total assets of approximately $412 million, loans of $334 million, deposits of $255 million, borrowings of $111 million and shareholders’ equity of $44 million. WesBanco’s Consolidated Statements of Income include the results of operations of Western Ohio from the closing date of the acquisition on August 31, 2004.

 

WesBanco recorded goodwill of $23.9 million, which was decreased by $0.8 million in 2005, and a core deposit intangible of $3.6 million in conjunction with the Western Ohio merger. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles were allocated to WesBanco’s community banking segment. The Western Ohio core deposit intangible has a weighted-average useful life of approximately 10 years. The following table presents pro forma combined results of operations of WesBanco, Winton and Western Ohio as if the business combinations had been completed as of the beginning of each respective period:

 

    

For the years ended

December 31,


(in thousands, except per share amounts)


   2005

   2004

Net Interest Income

   $ 132,311    $ 134,531

Net Income

     42,757      43,864

Pro forma earnings per share—basic

   $ 1.90    $ 1.90

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted

   $ 1.90    $ 1.89

 

The pro forma combined results of operations include net amortization/accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustments based on asset and liability valuations as of the merger date. These adjustments have been consistently applied to each period presented in the above table. The pro forma information also includes merger-related expenses occurring after the date of the acquisition.

 

72


Table of Contents

NOTE 4. SECURITIES

 

The following table shows the amortized cost and fair values of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities:

 

    December 31, 2005

  December 31, 2004

(in thousands)


  Amortized
Cost


  Gross
Unrealized
Gains


  Gross
Unrealized
Losses


    Estimated
Fair Value


  Amortized
Cost


  Gross
Unrealized
Gains


  Gross
Unrealized
Losses


    Estimated
Fair Value


Available-for-Sale

                                                   

U.S. Treasury

  $ 11,400   $ —     $ (3 )   $ 11,397   $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —  

Other government agencies and corporations

    252,437     —       (4,326 )     248,111     315,324     473     (1,398 )     314,399

Mortgage-backed securities

    305,228     17     (9,423 )     295,822     399,437     919     (3,015 )     397,341

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    36,550     72     (395 )     36,227     42,295     459     (257 )     42,497

Corporate securities

    6,140     —       (134 )     6,006     6,236     4     (38 )     6,202
   

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

Total debt securities

    611,755     89     (14,281 )     597,563     763,292     1,855     (4,708 )     760,439

Equity securities

    3,694     1,914     —         5,608     3,600     1,281     —         4,881
   

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

Total

  $ 615,449   $ 2,003   $ (14,281 )   $ 603,171   $ 766,892   $ 3,136   $ (4,708 )   $ 765,320
   

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

Held-to-Maturity

                                                   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

  $ 389,393   $ 9,062   $ (1,354 )   $ 397,101   $ 367,780   $ 14,520   $ (543 )   $ 381,757
   

 

 


 

 

 

 


 

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of WesBanco’s shareholders’ equity.

 

The following table shows amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities by maturity: (1)

 

     December 31, 2005

     Available-for-Sale

   Held-to-Maturity

(in thousands)


  

Amortized

Cost


  

Estimated

Fair Value


  

Amortized

Cost


  

Estimated

Fair Value


           

Within one year

   $ 71,148    $ 70,763    $ 4,267    $ 4,312

After one year, but within five years

     454,937      443,424      29,479      30,004

After five years, but within ten years

     64,085      62,052      137,533      140,767

After ten years

     25,279      26,932      218,114      222,018
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 615,449    $ 603,171    $ 389,393    $ 397,101
    

  

  

  


(1) Mortgage-backed securities are assigned to maturity categories based on estimated weighted-average lives. Available-for-sale securities in the after ten-year category include securities with no stated maturity. Other securities with prepayment or call provisions are categorized based on contractual maturities.

 

Securities with aggregate par values of $443.5 million and $450.0 million and aggregate carrying values of $445.7 million and $452.3 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were pledged as security for public and trust funds, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities were $129.0 million, $161.4 million and $160.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Gross security gains on available-for-sale securities of $2.0 million, $2.8 million and $3.1 million and gross security losses on available-for-sale securities of $31 thousand, $46 thousand and $0.3 million were realized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

73


Table of Contents

The following table provides information on unrealized losses on investment securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

    December 31, 2005

    Less than 12 months

  12 months or more

  Total

(in thousands)


 

Fair

Value


 

Unrealized

Losses


   

# of

Securities


 

Fair

Value


 

Unrealized

Losses


   

# of

Securities


 

Fair

Value


 

Unrealized

Losses


   

# of

Securities


                 

U.S. Treasury

  $ 7,824   $ (3 )   2   $ —     $ —       —     $ 7,824   $ (3 )   2

Other government agencies and corporations

    95,306     (992 )   18     152,805     (3,334 )   34     248,111     (4,326 )   52

Mortgage-backed securities

    58,792     (1,138 )   33     235,818     (8,285 )   80     294,610     (9,423 )   113

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    64,158     (699 )   132     38,158     (1,050 )   87     102,316     (1,749 )   219

Corporate securities

    —       —       —       6,006     (134 )   3     6,006     (134 )   3
   

 


 
 

 


 
 

 


 

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 226,080   $ (2,832 )   185   $ 432,787   $ (12,803 )   204   $ 658,867   $ (15,635 )   389
   

 


 
 

 


 
 

 


 
    December 31, 2004

    Less than 12 months

  12 months or more

  Total

(in thousands)


  Fair
Value


  Unrealized
Losses


    # of
Securities


  Fair
Value


  Unrealized
Losses


    # of
Securities


  Fair
Value


  Unrealized
Losses


    # of
Securities


Other government agencies and corporations

  $ 172,225   $ (864 )   38   $ 30,934   $ (534 )   7   $ 203,159   $ (1,398 )   45

Mortgage-backed securities

    230,303     (2,084 )   61     40,844     (932 )   12     271,147     (3,016 )   73

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    25,594     (245 )   47     18,031     (555 )   51     43,625     (800 )   98

Corporate securities

    4,182     (37 )   2     —       —       —       4,182     (37 )   2
   

 


 
 

 


 
 

 


 

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 432,304   $ (3,230 )   148   $ 89,809   $ (2,021 )   70   $ 522,113   $ (5,251 )   218
   

 


 
 

 


 
 

 


 

 

WesBanco does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality as none of the securities presented above represent securities that have had credit downgrades and all are paying principal and interest according to their contractual terms. The unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates. WesBanco also has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held-to-maturity until they mature, at which time WesBanco will receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, management also has the ability and intent to hold the noted loss position securities classified as available-for-sale for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2005, management believes the unrealized losses detailed above are temporary and no impairment loss has been recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

74


Table of Contents

NOTE 5. LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Loans are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets net of deferred loan fees and costs of $4.7 million and $5.1 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 29,486     $ 26,235     $ 25,080  

Allowance for loan losses of acquired bank

     1,947       2,071       —    

Provision for loan losses

     8,045       7,735       9,612  

Charge-offs

     (10,601 )     (8,168 )     (9,127 )

Recoveries

     2,080       1,613       670  
    


 


 


Net loan charge-offs

     (8,521 )     (6,555 )     (8,457 )
    


 


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 30,957     $ 29,486     $ 26,235  
    


 


 


 

In conjunction with the Winton acquisition on January 3, 2005, WesBanco acquired loans approximating $482 million. Winton’s allowance for loan losses at the acquisition date was approximately $2.4 million. WesBanco applied the guidance required under SOP 03-3 and determined that certain loans acquired in the Winton acquisition, for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. WesBanco determined that loans totaling approximately $2.0 million were within the guidelines set forth under SOP 03-3. Accordingly, WesBanco recorded $1.9 million in carryover allowance on loans not subject to SOP 03-3.

 

The following table sets forth the information for the loans accounted for under SOP 03-3 as of December 31, 2005:

 

(in thousands)


   Contractually
Required
Payments


    Carrying
Amount


    Cash
Flows
Expected
to be
Collected


    Post-
Acquisition
Allowance


   Accretable
Yield


 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $   —      $   —    

Additions

     1,968       1,466       1,488       —        44  

Disposals

     (1,040 )     (892 )     (905 )     —        (13 )

Accretion

     —         —         —         —        (22 )
    


 


 


 

  


Balance at end of year

   $ 928     $ 574     $ 583     $ —      $ 9  
    


 


 


 

  


 

Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of the receipt of the cash flows expected to be collected, these loans were transferred to non-accrual status in the second quarter of 2005 and are no longer being accreted.

 

The following tables summarize loans classified as impaired:

 

(in thousands)


       2005    

       2004    

Non-accrual loans

   $ 9,920    $ 8,195

Other impaired loans

     4,565      7,078
    

  

Total impaired loans

   $ 14,485    $ 15,273
    

  

 

75


Table of Contents
     December 31,

(in thousands)


       2005    

       2004    

Balance of impaired loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses

   $ 7,793    $ 5,982

Balance of impaired loans with an allocated allowance for loan losses

     6,692      9,291
    

  

Total impaired loans

   $ 14,485    $ 15,273
    

  

Allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired loans

   $ 1,566    $ 1,623
    

  

 

     For the years ended December 31,

(in thousands)


       2005    

       2004    

       2003    

Average impaired loans

   $ 14,555    $ 15,742    $ 20,493

Amount of contractual interest income on impaired loans

     623      414      502

Amount of interest income recognized on a cash basis

     147      230      263

 

At December 31, 2005, WesBanco had no material commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans were classified as impaired.

 

The following table summarizes other real estate owned and repossessed assets included in other assets:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)


       2005    

       2004    

Other real estate owned

   $ 1,371    $ 1,632

Repossessed assets

     497      427
    

  

Total other real estate owned and repossessed assets

   $ 1,868    $ 2,059
    

  

 

NOTE 6. MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

 

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco had approximately $1.9 million and $0.3 million of capitalized MSRs, respectively, of which $0.7 million were added due to the June 2005 sale of approximately $67.8 million of 1-4 family, fixed rate residential mortgage loans from its existing loan portfolio, while $1.0 million were acquired in the January 3, 2005 Winton transaction and $0.3 million were acquired in the August 31, 2004 Western Ohio transaction. The fair value of the MSRs was $2.3 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which exceeded carrying value for both periods. Therefore, no valuation allowance was established at either year end. Amortization of MSRs was $0.3 million and $21 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco serviced loans for others aggregating approximately $182.6 million and $39.2 million, respectively. Such loans are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2005, WesBanco held custodial funds of $2.5 million relating to the servicing of residential real estate loans, which are included in deposits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These custodial deposits represent funds due to investors on mortgage loans serviced by WesBanco and customer funds held for real estate taxes and insurance.

 

NOTE 7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment include:

 

     December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

 

Land and improvements

   $ 16,979     $ 15,880  

Buildings and improvements

     63,947       56,593  

Furniture and equipment

     48,654       38,169  
    


 


Total cost

     129,580       110,642  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (64,873 )     (53,972 )
    


 


Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 64,707     $ 56,670  
    


 


 

76


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense of premises and equipment charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $6.1 million, $5.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

 

In 2004, WesBanco sold certain former bank premises for approximately $1.5 million, financing the full amount of the purchase price to the purchaser. Under SFAS No. 66, “Accounting for Sales of Real Estate,” WesBanco was required to defer the gain of approximately $1.0 million. WesBanco will begin to accrete the gain into income once the collections received exceed WesBanco’s original basis in the property. None of the gain was recognized in 2005 or 2004.

 

WesBanco leases certain premises and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain leases contain renewal options and rent escalation clauses calling for rent increases over the term of the lease. All leases which contain a rent escalation clause are accounted for on a straight-line basis. Rent expense under operating leases, excluding contingent rental payments, was $1.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. WesBanco also has certain contingent operating leases that have a minimum required payment in addition to a payment based upon usage and transactions, as well as certain contingent operating leases whose payment is solely based on usage. WesBanco’s operating lease expense for contingent rentals based on usage or transactions was $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.4, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2005 are as follows: (in thousands)

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 1,197

2007

     1,053

2008

     678

2009

     525

2010

     394

2011 and thereafter

     2,253
    

Total (1)

   $ 6,100
    


(1) Includes stipulated minimum payments on contingent rentals and excludes any contingent rentals based solely on usage or transactions.

 

NOTE 8. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

WesBanco’s Consolidated Balance Sheets include goodwill of $137.3 million and $73.8 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In 2005, WesBanco capitalized $64.3 million in goodwill and $2.9 million in core deposit intangibles in connection with the Winton acquisition. In 2004, WesBanco capitalized $23.9 million in goodwill, which was decreased by $0.8 million in 2005, and $3.6 million in core deposit intangibles in connection with the Western Ohio acquisition. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Winton and Western Ohio acquisitions was allocated to WesBanco’s community banking segment. Core deposit intangibles resulting from the Winton and Western Ohio acquisitions are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of approximately 10 years. Substantially all of the remaining goodwill and core deposit intangibles relate to the 2002 acquisition of American Bancorporation (“American”). Amortization of core deposit intangibles totaled $2.7 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As required, WesBanco completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2005 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table shows WesBanco’s capitalized core deposit intangibles and related accumulated amortization:

 

     December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

 

Gross carrying amount

   $ 17,625     $ 14,720  

Accumulated amortization

     (7,225 )     (4,558 )
    


 


Net carrying amount

   $ 10,400     $ 10,162  
    


 


 

The following table shows WesBanco’s core deposit intangible amortization for each of the next five years: (in thousands)

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 2,511

2007

     2,360

2008

     2,209

2009

     1,139

2010

     806

 

NOTE 9. INVESTMENTS IN LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS

 

WesBanco is a limited partner in several tax-advantaged limited partnerships whose purpose is to invest in approved low income housing investment tax credit projects. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco had $9.5 million and $8.7 million, respectively invested in these partnerships, which are recorded in other assets using the equity method. These amounts also include $8.8 million and $9.4 million, at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, of unconditional unfunded equity contributions which are recorded in other liabilities. WesBanco included in operations under the equity method of accounting its share of the partnerships’ losses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaling $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.6, respectively. Tax benefits attributed to these partnerships include low-income housing and historic tax credits which totaled $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

WesBanco is also a limited partner in five other limited partnerships. Three of the limited partnerships provide seed money and capital to start up companies, another provides media distribution services and the other provides financing to low-income housing projects. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco had $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively invested in these partnerships, which are recorded in other assets using the equity method. WesBanco included in operations under the equity method of accounting its share of the partnerships’ losses for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 which totaled $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $32 thousand, respectively.

 

NOTE 10. CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

 

Certificates of deposit in denominations of $100 thousand or more were $426.6 million and $313.7 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest expense on certificates of deposit of $100 thousand or more was $12.2 million, $7.3 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2005, the scheduled maturities of total certificates of deposit are as follows: (in thousands)

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 742,373

2007

     436,197

2008

     90,172

2009

     62,200

2010

     63,240

2011 and thereafter

     9,772
    

Total

   $ 1,403,954
    

 

NOTE 11. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS

 

WesBanco is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh. WesBanco’s FHLB borrowings are secured by a blanket lien by the FHLB on certain residential mortgage loans or securities with a market value in excess of the outstanding balances of the borrowings. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 WesBanco had FHLB borrowings of $612.7 million and $599.4 million, respectively, with a weighted-average interest rate of 3.52% and 3.31%, respectively. Included in WesBanco’s FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2005 are $177.1 million in FHLB of Cincinnati advances obtained in conjunction with the Winton and Western Ohio acquisitions. The terms of the security agreement with the FHLB include a specific assignment of collateral that requires the maintenance of qualifying first mortgage loans as pledged collateral with unpaid principal amounts in excess of the FHLB advances, when discounted at 83% of the unpaid principal balance. FHLB stock totaling $41.9 million at December 31, 2005 and $37.4 million at December 31, 2004 is also pledged as collateral on these advances. The remaining maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $778.4 million and $915.5 million, respectively.

 

Certain FHLB advances contain call features, which allows the FHLB to convert a fixed rate borrowing to a variable rate advance if the strike rate goes beyond a certain predetermined rate. The probability that these advances and repurchase agreements will be called depends primarily on the level of related interest rates during the call period. Of the $612.7 million outstanding at December 31, 2005, $195.3 million in FHLB convertible advances are subject to conversion to a variable rate advance by the FHLB.

 

The following table summarizes the FHLB maturities at December 31, 2005 based on contractual dates and effective interest rates: (dollars in thousands)

 

Year


   Scheduled
Maturity


   Weighted
Average Rate


 

2006

   $ 219,606    3.21 %

2007

     160,749    3.29 %

2008

     66,089    3.21 %

2009

     86,358    4.18 %

2010

     50,170    4.79 %

2011 and thereafter

     29,721    4.11 %
    

  

Total

   $ 612,693    3.52 %
    

  

 

79


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

Other short-term borrowings are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   2003

Federal funds purchased

   $ 74,000    $ 33,100    $ 10,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     153,536      165,097      169,937

Treasury tax and loan notes and other

     4,265      2,316      37,817

Revolving line of credit

     12,500      —        —  
    

  

  

Total

   $ 244,301    $ 200,513    $ 217,754
    

  

  

 

Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Outstanding balance at year end

   $ 153,536     $ 165,097     $ 169,937  

Average balance during the year

     176,828       160,448       160,942  

Maximum month-end balance during the year

     207,877       182,056       187,799  

Average interest rate at year end

     3.55 %     1.82 %     1.30 %

Average interest rate during the year

     2.77 %     1.40 %     1.37 %

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are generally transacted with the Bank’s customers and securities are pledged to these customers at the time of the transaction in an amount at least equal to the outstanding balance. In addition, $25.0 million of the balance outstanding at December 31, 2005 was transacted with another bank.

 

WesBanco has a $35.0 million line of credit with a third-party bank that bears interest at the one-month LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin based on WesBanco’s tangible net worth to total tangible assets ratio. The line matures in July 2006 and contains a number of financial and operating covenants, all of which WesBanco was in compliance with as of December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2005 the balance outstanding on the line of credit was $12.5 million. There was no outstanding balance at December 31, 2004.

 

NOTE 13. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT OWED TO UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS

 

In March of 2005, WesBanco formed a wholly-owned trust subsidiary, WesBanco Capital Trust VI (the “Trust”). The Trust was formed for the purpose of issuing $15.0 million in trust preferred securities through a pooled trust preferred program. The Trust Preferred Securities were issued and sold in a private placement offering. The proceeds from the sale of the securities and the issuance of common stock by the Trust were invested in Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Junior Subordinated Debt”) issued by WesBanco, which are the sole assets of the Trust. The Trust pays dividends on the Trust Preferred Securities at the same rate as the distributions paid by WesBanco on the Junior Subordinated Debt held by the Trust. The Trust provides WesBanco with the option to defer payment of interest on the Junior Subordinated Debt for an aggregate of 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Should this option be utilized, WesBanco may not declare or pay dividends on its common stock during any such period. Undertakings made by WesBanco with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by WesBanco of the obligations of the Trust Preferred Securities.

 

In June of 2004, WesBanco formed two wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, WesBanco Capital Trust IV and Trust V (the “Trusts”). These Trusts were formed for the purpose of issuing $40.0 million in trust preferred securities through two pooled trust preferred programs. The Trust Preferred Securities were issued and sold in private placement offerings. The proceeds from the sale thereof were invested in Junior Subordinated Debt issued by WesBanco. All proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities and the common securities issued by

 

80


Table of Contents

the Trusts are invested in Junior Subordinated Debt, which are the sole assets of the Trusts. The Trusts pay dividends on the Trust Preferred Securities at the same rate as the distributions paid by WesBanco on the Junior Subordinated Debt held by the Trusts. Both Trusts provide WesBanco with the option to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt for an aggregate of 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Should this option be utilized, WesBanco may not declare or pay dividends on its common stock during any such period. Undertakings made by WesBanco with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by WesBanco of the obligations of the Trust Preferred Securities.

 

In June of 2003, WesBanco formed two wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trust II and WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III, which were formed for the purpose of issuing $30.0 million in trust preferred securities through two pooled trust preferred programs. The Trust Preferred Securities were issued and sold in private placement offerings. The proceeds from the sale thereof were invested in Junior Subordinated Debt issued by WesBanco. All proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities and the common securities issued by the Trusts are invested in Junior Subordinated Debt, which are the sole assets of the Trusts. The Trusts pay dividends on the Trust Preferred Securities at the same rate as the distributions paid by WesBanco on the Junior Subordinated Debt held by the Trusts. Both Trusts provide WesBanco with the option to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated debt for an aggregate of 20 consecutive quarterly periods. Should this option be utilized, WesBanco may not declare or pay dividends on its common stock during any such period.

 

The Junior Subordinated Debt is presented as a separate category of long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For regulatory purposes, the Federal Reserve currently allows bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities up to a certain limit of Tier 1 Capital. The Trust Preferred Securities provide the issuer with a unique capital instrument that has a tax deductible interest feature not normally associated with the equity of a corporation.

 

The following table shows WesBanco’s Trust Subsidiaries with outstanding Trust Preferred Securities as of December 31, 2005:

 

(in thousands)


   Trust
Preferred
Securities


   Common
Securities


   Junior
Subordinated
Debt


   Stated
Maturity
Date


   Optional
Redemption
Date


WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trust II (1)

   $ 13,000    $ 410    $ 13,410    6/30/2033    6/30/2008(6)

WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III (2)

     17,000      526      17,526    6/26/2033    6/26/2008(6)

WesBanco Capital Trust IV (3)

     20,000      619      20,619    6/17/2034    6/17/2009(6)

WesBanco Capital Trust V (4)

     20,000      619      20,619    6/17/2034    6/17/2009(6)

WesBanco Capital Trust VI (5)

     15,000      464      15,464    3/17/2035    3/17/2010(6)
    

  

  

         

Total trust preferred securities

   $ 85,000    $ 2,638    $ 87,638          
    

  

  

         

(1) Fixed rate of 5.80% through June 30, 2008 and three-month LIBOR plus 3.15% thereafter.

 

(2) Fixed rate of 5.55% through June 26, 2008 and three-month LIBOR plus 3.10% thereafter.

 

(3) Fixed rate of 7.15% through March 17, 2006 and three-month LIBOR plus 2.65% thereafter, quarterly.

 

(4) Fixed rate of 6.91% through June 17, 2009 and three-month LIBOR plus 2.65% thereafter.

 

(5) Fixed rate of 6.37% through March 17, 2010 and three-month LIBOR plus 1.77% thereafter.

 

(6) Redeemable at par at anytime after the noted date.

 

NOTE 14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLAN AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS— At December 31, 2005, substantially all employees were participants in the WesBanco Defined Benefit Pension Plan (“The Plan”). The Plan covers those employees who satisfy minimum age and length of service requirements. Benefits of the Plan are generally based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the last five years of

 

81


Table of Contents

employment. The Plan’s funding policy has been to contribute annually the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. WesBanco uses a December 31 measurement date for its Defined Benefit Pension Plan.

 

The benefit obligations and funded status of the Plan are as follows:

 

     December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 42,471     $ 38,566  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

                

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 45,408     $ 40,752  

Service cost

     2,155       2,058  

Interest cost

     2,657       2,611  

Actuarial loss

     1,568       1,858  

Benefits paid

     (2,388 )     (1,871 )
    


 


Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 49,400     $ 45,408  
    


 


Change in fair value of plan assets:

                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 39,835     $ 34,839  

Actual return on plan assets

     1,568       1,649  

Employer contributions

     5,324       5,218  

Benefits paid

     (2,388 )     (1,871 )
    


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 44,339     $ 39,835  
    


 


Net amount recognized:

                

Funded status

   $ (5,061 )   $ (5,573 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

     (627 )     (770 )

Unrecognized net loss

     14,683       12,282  
    


 


Net amount recognized as prepaid pension cost in the consolidated balance sheets

   $ 8,995     $ 5,939  
    


 


Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:

                

Discount rate

     5.75 %     6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

     3.50 %     3.50 %

 

The components of and weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                        

Service cost

   $ 2,155     $ 2,058     $ 1,453  

Interest cost

     2,657       2,611       2,394  

Expected return on plan assets

     (3,319 )     (2,917 )     (2,362 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     (143 )     (143 )     (146 )

Amortization of net loss

     918       842       885  
    


 


 


Net periodic pension cost

   $ 2,268     $ 2,451     $ 2,224  
    


 


 


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

                        

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.25 %     6.75 %

Rate compensation increase

     3.50 %     4.00 %     3.75 %

Expected long-term return on assets

     8.50 %     8.50 %     8.50 %

 

82


Table of Contents

The expected long-term rate of return for the Plan’s total assets is based on the expected return of each of the Plan asset categories, weighted based on the median of the target allocation for each class.

 

PENSION PLAN INVESTMENT POLICY AND STRATEGY— The investment policy as established by the Retirement Plans Committee, to be followed by the Trustee, is to invest assets based on the target allocations shown in the table below. Assets are reallocated periodically by the Trustee based on the ranges set forth by the Retirement Plans Committee to meet the target allocations. The investment policy is also subject to review periodically to determine if the policy should be changed. Plan assets will be invested with the principal objective of maximizing long-term total return without exposing Plan assets to undue risks, taking into account the Plan’s funding needs and benefit obligations. Assets will be invested in a balanced portfolio composed primarily of equities, fixed income and cash or cash equivalent money market investments.

 

A maximum of 10% may be invested in any one stock. Foreign stocks may be included, either through direct investment or by the purchase of mutual funds, which invest in foreign stock. Although most of the portfolio will be invested in large capitalization stocks, up to 25% of the equity portfolio may be invested in NASDAQ stocks. WesBanco common stock can represent up to 10% of the total market value. Corporate bonds selected for purchase must be rated BAA1 or BBB+ or higher. No more than 10% shall be invested in bonds or notes issued by the same corporation. There will be no limit on the holdings of U.S. Treasury or Federal Agency Securities. At December 31, 2005 and 2004 the Plan’s equity securities included 88,300 and 118,300 shares of WesBanco common stock with a fair market value of $2.7 million and $3.8 million. Dividends received on WesBanco stock held by the plan were $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

The following table sets forth the Plan’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category:

 

    

Target

Allocation

for 2005


    December 31,

 
      
       2005

    2004

 

Asset Category:

                  

Equity securities

   50 – 75 %   68 %   62 %

Debt securities

   25 – 50 %   31 %   23 %

Other

   0 – 25 %   1 %   15 %
          

 

Total

         100 %   100 %
          

 

 

CASH FLOWS— WesBanco does not have a required minimum contribution for 2006 and as of December 31, 2005 has not determined the amount of any voluntary contributions it may make in 2006.

 

The following table presents estimated payments to be paid in each of next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter: (in thousands)

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 1,575

2007

     1,573

2008

     1,644

2009

     1,852

2010

     2,105

2011 to 2015

     14,603

 

On March 1, 2002, WesBanco became the plan administrator of the American non-contributory Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Prior to the acquisition, American had frozen all benefit accruals in its pension plan and fully vested all participants in the benefits accrued to them. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the American Plan had a projected benefit obligation of $0.8 million and fair value of the plan assets of $0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco has a prepaid pension cost of $164 thousand and $14 thousand, respectively, on the balance sheet related to the American Plan. Net periodic pension costs in

 

83


Table of Contents

the American Plan for 2005 and 2004 were $(12) thousand and $8 thousand, respectively and plan contributions were $138 thousand and $43 thousand, respectively. The measurement date of the American Plan was October 1, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, WesBanco had no plans to merge the American pension plan with the current.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the American Plan: (in thousands)

 

Year


   Amount

2006

   $ 68

2007

     68

2008

     72

2009

     77

2010

     77

2011 to 2015

     410

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP AND 401(K) PLAN (“KSOP”)— WesBanco sponsors a KSOP plan consisting of a non-contributory internally leveraged ESOP and a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan covering substantially all of its employees. Annual contributions are made to the ESOP as required by the loan agreement discussed below and at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Under the provisions of the 401(k) plan, WesBanco matches a portion of eligible employee contributions based on rates established and approved by the Board of Directors. For the year ended December 31, 2005, WesBanco matched 100% of the first 3% of eligible employee contributions and 50% of the next 2% of eligible employee contributions. For the year ended December 31, 2004, WesBanco matched 50% of the first 4% of eligible employee contributions.

 

As of December 31, 2005, the KSOP held 678,105 shares of WesBanco common stock, of which 662,660 shares were allocated to specific employee accounts, and 15,445 shares with a market value of $0.5 million were unallocated. WesBanco’s KSOP was committed to release 15,445 shares as of December 31, 2005, with an average per share fair value of $29.07 . Shares are released based on a formula, which considers the amount of principal and interest paid on the ESOP loan for the current year over the principal and interest to be paid for that period and all future periods. Dividends earned on unallocated shares are used to pay interest on the ESOP loan and for the three years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled $20 thousand, $37 thousand and $47 thousand, respectively. Dividends on allocated shares are distributed to employee accounts. Total expense for the KSOP for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $1.3 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. Total expense for the ESOP component of the KSOP for each of the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $0.5 million, respectively.

 

During 2000, WesBanco’s ESOP established a $2.0 million revolving line of credit with the Bank, bearing interest at a rate equal to the Bank’s base rate and requiring annual repayments of principal equal to 20% of the balance outstanding at January 1 of each year. The line of credit matured on December 15, 2005, with a final balloon payment equal to all unpaid principal and interest due and payable at that time. The revolving line of credit had an outstanding balance of $0.0 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest paid to the Bank by the ESOP during 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled $12 thousand, $23 thousand and $47 thousand, respectively.

 

Winton maintained a profit sharing 401(k) savings plan. On January 3, 2005 the Winton profit sharing 401(k) savings plan was closed to new participants. Based on eligibility dates all new Winton participants were automatically enrolled in the WesBanco 401(k) plan. At December 31, 2004, Winton’s 401(k) plan had assets totaling $14.1 million. Winton’s plan was merged into the WesBanco 401(k) plan on April 1, 2005.

 

Western Ohio maintained a profit sharing 401(k) savings plan. On August 31, 2004 the Western Ohio profit sharing 401(k) savings plan was closed to new participants. Based on eligibility dates all new Western Ohio participants were automatically enrolled in the WesBanco 401(k) plan. At December 31, 2004, Western Ohio’s 401(k) plan had assets totaling $1.2 million. Western Ohio’s plan was merged into the WesBanco 401(k) plan on January 3, 2005.

 

84


Table of Contents

KEY EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE BONUS AND STOCK OPTION PLAN— The Key Executive Incentive Bonus and Stock Option Plan, which commenced in 1998, is a non-qualified plan that includes three components, an Annual Bonus, a Long-Term Incentive Bonus and a Stock Option component. The three components allow for payments of cash, a mixture of cash and stock, or granting of stock options, depending upon the component of the plan in which the award is earned through the attainment of certain performance goals. Performance goals are established by WesBanco’s Board of Directors.

 

Compensation expense recorded in 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $0.7 million for each year, respectively. During 2005, 2004 and 2003, WesBanco recorded expense for awards in the amounts of $100 thousand, $68 thousand and $58 thousand, respectively, for the Long-Term Incentive Bonus component made to specific employees.

 

The Stock Option component provides for granting of stock options to eligible employees. The maximum term of all options granted under WesBanco’s Stock Option Plan is ten years from the original grant date. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, WesBanco had 398,569 and 515,069 shares remaining for future issuance under equity compensation plans, respectively. WesBanco’s Board of Directors approved a 116,500 share stock option grant to selected participants, including certain named executive officers. The stock option grants were effective as of May 18, 2005, at a grant price of $29.16 , which was the closing price of the stock on May 17, 2005. The options vest in three increments of one-third each year, with the first one-third vesting on December 31, 2005, the second one-third vesting on December 31, 2006 and the final one-third vesting on December 31, 2007, with each annual vesting based on WesBanco achieving certain EPS targets. The options that vest will expire ten years from the date of grant, or May 18, 2015. The options scheduled to vest on December 31, 2005 were forfeited since WesBanco did not achieve the specified EPS target.

 

In 2005, WesBanco assumed 132,174 vested stock options, adjusted for the WesBanco common stock exchange ratio, from Winton in conjunction with the January 3, 2005 merger at an average option price of $13.29 per share, for certain of the former key officers. In 2004, WesBanco issued 63,001 stock options at an average option price of $26.60 per share and a fair value of $6.19 per share. These options vested on December 31, 2004. Also in 2004 WesBanco assumed 35,995 vested stock options, adjusted for the WesBanco common stock exchange ratio, from Western Ohio in conjunction with the August 31, 2004 merger at an average option price of $17.16 per share, for certain of the former key officers. No stock options were granted by the Board of Directors in 2003. All granted options become immediately vested in the event of a change in control of WesBanco.

 

The following table shows the share activity in the Option Plan:

 

    For the years ended December 31,

    2005

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share


  2004

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share


  2003

    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share


Outstanding at beginning of the year

  439,239     $ 23.31   384,840     $ 22.94   417,419     $ 22.99

Granted during the year

  116,500       29.16   63,001       26.60   —         —  

Assumed in acquisition

  132,174       13.29   35,995       17.16   —         —  

Exercised during the year

  (202,361 )     16.90   (43,597 )     19.70   (18,667 )     21.41

Expired during the year

  —         —     —         —     (9,579 )     28.87

Forfeited during the year

  (43,500 )     28.81   (1,000 )     23.96   (4,333 )     20.74
   

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of the year

  442,052     $ 24.25   439,239     $ 23.31   384,840     $ 22.94
   

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at year end

  365,719     $ 23.23   439,239     $ 23.31   316,172     $ 22.72
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table shows the average remaining life of the stock options at December 31, 2005:

 

Year Issued


   Exerciseable
at Year End


   Exercise
Price Range
Per Share


   Options
Outstanding


   Average
Exercise
Price


   Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years


1998

   15,998    $29.50    15,998    $ 29.50    2.12

2000

   15,000    22.00    15,000      22.00    4.32

2001

   84,884    20.74    84,884      20.74    5.30

2002

   171,000    23.96    171,000      23.96    6.89

2004

   57,834    26.60    57,834      26.60    8.39

2005

   —      29.16    76,333      29.16    9.38

2005 (1)

   21,003    8.94 to 17.55    21,003      14.13    4.43
    
       
  

  

Total

   365,719         442,052    $ 24.25    6.84
    
       
  

  

(1) Remaining options assumed in the January 3, 2005 acquisition of Winton.

 

NOTE 15. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

Other operating expenses consist of the following:

 

    

For the years ended

December 31,


(in thousands)


   2005

   2004

   2003

Professional fees

   $ 5,252    $ 4,406    $ 4,395

Marketing and advertising

     4,535      3,051      2,398

General and administrative

     1,710      1,511      1,293

Supplies

     1,921      1,838      1,705

Postage

     3,022      2,597      2,448

Telecommunication

     3,424      2,447      2,219

Miscellaneous taxes

     4,838      3,840      3,697

Other

     8,183      7,530      5,981
    

  

  

Total other expenses

   $ 32,885    $ 27,220    $ 24,136
    

  

  

 

NOTE 16. INCOME TAXES

 

Reconciliation from the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


 
         2005    

        2004    

        2003    

 

Federal statutory tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Tax-exempt interest income on securities of state and political subdivisions-net

   (11.8 )%   (12.9 )%   (13.4 )%

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect

   0.8 %   0.7 %   0.9 %

Bank-owned life insurance

   (1.5 )%   (2.1 )%   (2.4 )%

All other—net

   (1.0 )%   (1.7 )%   (0.7 )%
    

 

 

Effective tax rate

   21.5 %   19.0 %   19.4 %
    

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

The provision for income taxes applicable to income before taxes consists of the following:

 

    

For the years ended

December 31,


 

(in thousands)


       2005    

       2004    

       2003    

 

Current:

                      

Federal

   $ 7,958    $ 7,321    $ 8,407  

State

     14      248      639  

Deferred:

                      

Federal

     3,099      1,183      (310 )

State

     651      224      (54 )
    

  

  


Total

   $ 11,722    $ 8,976    $ 8,682  
    

  

  


 

The following income tax amounts were recorded in shareholders’ equity as elements of other comprehensive income:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,


 

(in thousands)


       2005    

        2004    

        2003    

 

Securities and derivative transactions

   $ (3,565 )   $ (360 )   $ (5,661 )

Minimum pension liability

     —         —         1,970  
    


 


 


Total

   $ (3,565 )   $ (360 )   $ (3,691 )
    


 


 


 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Deferred tax assets:

                        

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 12,146     $ 11,349     $ 10,036  

Compensation and benefits

     —         —         461  

Deferred loan fees and costs

     —         1,592       1,122  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     1,419       642       1,311  

Fair value adjustments on securities available-for-sale and derivatives

     5,150       1,628       1,549  

Tax credit carryforwards

     1,209       130       —    

Other

     500       168       284  
    


 


 


Gross deferred tax assets

     20,424       15,509       14,763  
    


 


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

                        

Depreciation

     (451 )     (713 )     (1,313 )

Accretion on securities

     (2,365 )     (1,778 )     (1,345 )

FHLB stock dividends

     (4,143 )     (2,016 )     —    

Compensation and benefits

     (1,489 )     (472 )     —    

Mortgage servicing rights

     (726 )     (133 )     —    

Deferred loan fees and costs

     (701 )     —         —    
    


 


 


Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (9,875 )     (5,112 )     (2,658 )
    


 


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ 10,549     $ 10,397     $ 12,105  
    


 


 


 

WesBanco determined that it was not required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets since management believes that the deferred tax assets are likely to be realized through a carryback to taxable income in prior years, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and, to a lesser extent, future taxable income.

 

87


Table of Contents

Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, WesBanco has approximately $1.1 million of general business credit carryforwards of which $0.4 million expire in 2024 and the remaining $0.7 million expire in 2025. WesBanco also has $0.1 million of alternative minimum tax credits that may be carried forward indefinitely.

 

As a result of the Western Ohio and Winton acquisitions, retained earnings at December 31, 2005 and 2004 include $10.5 million and $8.7 million, respectively, for which no provision for income taxes has been recorded. These amounts represent the qualifying and non-qualifying tax bad debt reserves of Western Ohio and Winton as of December 31, 1987, which was the base year of Western Ohio and Winton for calculating the bad debt deduction for tax purposes. The related amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability is $4.2 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. If this portion of retained earnings is used in the future for any purpose other than to absorb bad debts, it will be added to future taxable income.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, income tax benefits of $0.9 and $0.3 million, respectively, were credited to shareholders’ equity related to the exercise of nonqualified stock options and distributions of deferred directors’ benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2003 there was no such tax benefit credited to shareholders’ equity.

 

Federal and state income taxes applicable to securities transactions totaled $0.8 million, $1.1 million, and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

NOTE 17. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair value estimates of financial instruments are based on the present value of expected future cash flows, quoted market prices of similar financial instruments, if available, and other valuation techniques. These valuations are significantly affected by discount rates, cash flow assumptions, and risk assumptions used. Therefore, fair value estimates may not be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and are not intended to reflect the proceeds that may be realizable in an immediate settlement of the instruments.

 

The aggregate fair value of amounts presented does not represent the underlying value of WesBanco. Management does not have the intention to dispose of a significant portion of its financial instruments and, therefore, the unrealized gains or losses should not be interpreted as a forecast of future earnings and cash flows.

 

The following table represents the estimates of fair value of financial instruments:

 

     December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

 

(in thousands)


   Carrying
Amount


    Fair Value

    Carrying
Amount


    Fair Value

 
        

Financial assets:

                                

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 110,608     $ 110,608     $ 97,057     $ 97,057  

Securities held-to-maturity

     389,393       397,101       367,780       381,757  

Securities available-for-sale

     603,171       603,171       765,320       765,320  

Net loans (including loans held for sale)

     2,909,923       2,859,636       2,459,049       2,460,457  

Accrued interest receivable

     20,426       20,426       18,599       18,599  

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

     79,573       79,573       78,186       78,186  

Financial liabilities:

                                

Deposits

     3,028,324       3,016,372       2,725,934       2,726,982  

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     612,693       603,966       599,411       600,982  

Other borrowings

     244,301       244,287       200,513       200,558  

Junior subordinated debt

     87,638       88,203       72,174       72,314  

Accrued interest payable

     8,932       8,932       6,903       6,903  

Derivatives:

                                

Interest rate swaps

     (690 )     (690 )     (2,470 )     (2,470 )

 

88


Table of Contents

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

 

CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS— The carrying amount for cash and short-term investments is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Short-term investments consist of federal funds sold.

 

SECURITIES— Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, if available. If market prices are not available, then quoted market prices of similar instruments are used. The fair value of securities accounted for using the cost method is only estimated if events or changes in circumstances that may have a significant adverse effect on their fair value have been identified.

 

LOANS HELD FOR SALE— The fair value of loans originated for sale in the secondary market is based on the present value of the expected future cash flows using current market rates. The fair value of portfolio loans transferred to held for sale is based on net realizable value.

 

NET LOANS— Fair values for loans with interest rates that fluctuate as current rates change are generally valued at carrying amounts. The fair values for residential mortgage loans are based on quoted market prices of securitized financial instruments, adjusted for remaining maturity and differences in loan characteristics. Fair values of commercial real estate, construction and personal loans are based on a discounted value of the estimated future cash flows expected to be received. The current interest rates applied in the discounted cash flow method reflect rates used to price new loans of similar type, adjusted for relative risk and remaining maturity. For non-accrual loans, fair value is estimated by discounting expected future principal cash flows only.

 

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

 

CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE— The carrying value of bank owned life insurance represents the net cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies, should these policies be terminated. Management believes that the carrying value approximates fair value.

 

DEPOSITS— The carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value for demand, savings and other variable rate deposit accounts. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by a discounted cash flow method using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS— For FHLB borrowings, fair value is based on rates currently available to WesBanco for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

OTHER BORROWINGS— For federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements, which represent short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT OWED TO UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS— Due to the pooled nature of these instruments, which are not actively traded on an equity market, estimated fair value is based on a price obtained from a broker on a recent similar transaction.

 

ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE— The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

 

DERIVATIVES— Fair values for interest rate swaps are estimated by obtaining quotes from brokers. The fair value adjustments, recorded in the other liabilities section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets, represent the amount WesBanco would receive or pay to terminate the agreement considering current interest rates.

 

INTEREST RATE LOCK COMMITMENTS ON MORTGAGE LOANS AND FORWARD SALES CONTRACTS— The estimated fair value of interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts on mortgage loans are insignificant and therefore not presented in the above table.

 

89


Table of Contents

OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS— Off-balance sheet financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Fair values for commitments to extend credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit standing of the counterparties. The estimated fair value of the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are insignificant and therefore not presented in the above table.

 

NOTE 18. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Net Income

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130  

Securities available for sale:

                        

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale

     (8,751 )     18       (13,365 )

Related income tax (expense) benefit (1)

     3,457       (7 )     5,279  

Net securities (gains) losses reclassified into earnings

     (1,954 )     (2,577 )     (2,793 )

Related income tax expense (benefit) (1)

     772       1,018       1,103  
    


 


 


Net effect on other comprehensive income for the period

     (6,476 )     (1,548 )     (9,776 )
    


 


 


Cash flow hedge derivatives:

                        

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

     1,779       1,807       1,261  

Related income tax (expense) benefit (1)

     (703 )     (714 )     (498 )

Net derivative (gains) losses reclassified into earnings

     (99 )     (159 )     (184 )

Related income tax expense (benefit) (1)

     39       63       73  
    


 


 


Net effect on other comprehensive income for the period

     1,016       997       652  
    


 


 


Minimum pension liability

                        

Net change in minimum pension liability

     —         —         4,925  

Related income tax expense (benefit) (1)

     —         —         (1,970 )
    


 


 


Net effect on other comprehensive income for the period

     —         —         2,955  
    


 


 


Total change in other comprehensive income (loss)

     (5,460 )     (551 )     (6,169 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income

   $ 37,297     $ 37,631     $ 29,961  
    


 


 



(1) Related income tax expense (benefit) is calculated using a combined Federal and State income tax rate approximating 40%.

 

The activity in accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:

 

(in thousands)


  

Minimum

Pension
Liability


   

Unrealized

Gains (Losses)
on Securities
Available-for-Sale


    (Losses) on Derivative
Instruments Used in
Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships


    Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2003

   $ (2,955 )   $ 10,337     $ (3,077 )   $ 4,305  

Period change, net of tax

     2,955       (9,776 )     652       (6,169 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2003

     —         561       (2,425 )     (1,864 )

Period change, net of tax

     —         (1,548 )     997       (551 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2004

     —         (987 )     (1,428 )     (2,415 )

Period change, net of tax

     —         (6,476 )     1,016       (5,460 )
    


 


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2005

   $ —       $ (7,463 )   $ (412 )   $ (7,875 )
    


 


 


 


 

90


Table of Contents

NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

COMMITMENTS— In the normal course of business, WesBanco offers off-balance sheet credit arrangements to enable its customers to meet their financing objectives. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. WesBanco’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the other parties to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is limited to the contractual amount of those instruments. WesBanco uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as for all other lending. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. No expected losses on such commitments were recorded as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

 

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by banks to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including normal business activities, bond financing and similar transactions. Standby letters of credit are considered guarantees in accordance with the criteria specified by FIN No. 45, which was adopted on January 1, 2003. After that date, WesBanco issued new or modified standby letters of credit with an aggregate contract amount of $23.3 million. The guarantee liability associated with these new or modified standby letters of credit is carried at the estimated fair value of $0.1 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The guarantee liability is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

The following table presents total commitments and letters of credit outstanding:

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)


   2005

   2004

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 529,869    $ 431,324

Standby letters of credit

     41,711      42,003

 

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES— WesBanco and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal and administrative proceedings and claims. While any litigation contains an element of uncertainty, management believes that the outcome of such proceedings or claims pending or known to be threatened will not have a material adverse effect on WesBanco’s consolidated financial position.

 

NOTE 20. DERIVATIVES

 

WesBanco may from time to time enter into derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap agreements, to manage its own risks arising from movements in interest rates and to facilitate asset/liability management strategies.

 

During 2001, WesBanco entered into interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges that effectively converted $125.0 million of its variable rate prime based money market deposit accounts to a fixed-rate basis with an average term of 7 years, thus reducing the impact of rising interest rates on future interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, WesBanco recorded interest expense on these swap agreements totaling $1.0 million, $2.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2005 the net fair value adjustments on interest rate swap agreements recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets reflected unrealized pretax net losses of $0.7 million. These unrealized net losses may be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings during 2006 as interest payments are made to the counterparties based on current market rates. Fair value adjustments represent temporary fluctuations resulting from changes in market rates in relation to the average fixed pay rate and projected variable receive rate over the remaining term of the derivative. If derivatives are held to their respective dates, no fair value gain or loss is realized. For 2005 and 2004 there was no hedge ineffectiveness recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these transactions.

 

91


Table of Contents

During 2000, all then outstanding interest rate swap agreements were terminated, generating a deferred gain of $1.0 million, which was reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The deferred gain is being amortized, using the interest method, over the remainder of the original term of the terminated swap agreements ending in September of 2006. WesBanco amortized $0.2 million of interest rate swap gains during 2005, 2004 and 2003.

 

The following table details the interest rate swaps and their associated hedged liability outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Derivative type


  Maturity

  Hedged Liability

  Swap Notional
Amount


 

Fair

value


   

Swap Fixed

Interest rate

Range


 

Swap Variable

Interest rate

Range


December 31, 2005

      Prime based money                      

Interest Rate Swap

  2008   market deposit accounts   $ 77,357   $ (690 )   3.85% to 4.73%   3.26% to 3.99%

December 31, 2004

      Prime based money                      

Interest Rate Swap

  2008   market deposit accounts   $ 87,425   $ (2,470 )   3.85% to 4.73%   2.36% to 2.89%

 

At December 31, 2005, the fair value adjustment of the forward sales commitments to the investor included in the gain on sale of mortgage loans was $22 thousand while the loss on the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments to customers was $55 thousand.

 

NOTE 21. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

 

Certain directors and officers (including their affiliates, families and entities in which they are principal owners) of WesBanco and its subsidiaries are customers of those subsidiaries and have had, and are expected to have, transactions with the subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. In addition, certain directors are also directors or officers of corporations, which are customers of the Bank and have had, and are expected to have, transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, such transactions are consistent with prudent banking practices and are within applicable banking regulations. Indebtedness of related parties aggregated approximately $21.7 million, $23.4 million and $28.9 million as of December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. During 2005, $21.0 million in related party loans were funded, $19.4 million were repaid and $1.9 million were no longer considered related party interests. At December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, none of outstanding related party loans were past due 90 days or more, renegotiated or considered to be non-accrual.

 

NOTE 22. REGULATORY MATTERS

 

WesBanco is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries and is dependent upon dividends from its subsidiary Bank to provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareholders, fund the current stock repurchase plan and to provide for other cash requirements. The payment of dividends by a bank to a parent holding company is subject to federal and state banking regulations. Under current regulations, if the payment of dividends would cause the regulatory capital of a bank to fall below certain minimums or if dividends declared by a bank in any year, exceed the net profits of that year combined with the net profits for the preceding two years, regulatory approval is required. At December 31, 2005, the Bank could pay dividends of up to $11.6 million to WesBanco without obtaining prior regulatory approval and without adversely affecting its “well capitalized” status, as defined below.

 

WesBanco and its banking subsidiary are also required to maintain non-interest bearing reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. Average required reserve balances during 2005 and 2004 were approximately $7.7 million and $9.0 million, respectively.

 

Additionally, WesBanco and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements (risk-based capital ratios) administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on WesBanco’s financial results.

 

92


Table of Contents

All bank holding companies and banking subsidiaries are required to have core capital (“Tier 1”) of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets, and for banking subsidiaries a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% of adjusted quarterly average assets. Tier 1 capital consists principally of shareholders’ equity, excluding unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale and derivatives, less goodwill and certain other intangibles. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan losses subject to limitation. The regulations also define well-capitalized levels of Tier 1, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage as 6%, 10%, and 5%, respectively. WesBanco and the Bank were categorized as “well-capitalized” under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act at December 31, 2005 and 2004. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2005 that management believes have changed WesBanco’s “well-capitalized” category.

 

On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve issued final rules retaining Tier 1 capital treatment for trust preferred securities but with stricter limits. Under the final rules, after a transition period that ends on March 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements will retain its current limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. The final rules did not have an impact on WesBanco’s Tier 1 capital.

 

WesBanco currently has $87.6 million in junior subordinated debt in its Consolidated Balance Sheets presented as a separate category of long-term debt. For regulatory purposes, trust preferred securities totaling $85.0 million, issued by WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trusts II, IV, V and VI and WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III, underlying such junior subordinated debt is included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with current regulatory reporting requirements.

 

The following table summarizes risk-based capital amounts and ratios for WesBanco and the Bank:

 

   

Minimum

Value (1)


   

Well

Capitalized (2)


    December 31, 2005

    December 31, 2004

 

(dollars in thousands)


      Amount

   Ratio

    Amount

  Ratio

 

WesBanco, Inc.

                                    

Tier 1 Leverage

  4.00 %(3)   N/A     $ 360,260    8.46 %   $ 358,632   9.34 %

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

  4.00 %   6.00 %     360,260    11.94 %     358,632   13.43 %

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

  8.00 %   10.00 %     391,337    12.97 %     388,118   14.54 %

WesBanco Bank, Inc.

                                    

Tier 1 Leverage

  4.00 %   5.00 %   $ 361,177    8.51 %   $ 319,577   8.35 %

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

  4.00 %   6.00 %     361,177    12.00 %     319,577   12.05 %

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

  8.00 %   10.00 %     392,251    13.03 %     349,061   13.16 %

(1) Minimum requirements to remain adequately capitalized.

 

(2) Well capitalized under prompt corrective action regulations.

 

(3) Minimum requirement is 3% for certain highly-rated bank holding companies.

 

NOTE 23. RESTRUCTURING COSTS AND BRANCH SALE

 

On September 27, 2005, WesBanco announced the restructuring of certain business lines, which resulted in a reduction in its workforce of approximately 76 positions. Approximately 37 positions were eliminated through layoffs and the closing of a loan production office, with the remaining positions eliminated through attrition. In accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” WesBanco recorded a one-time pre-tax severance charge of approximately $1.0 million in 2005. Additionally, WesBanco also entered into an agreement to sell its four Ritchie County, WV branch locations to another bank, which is expected to close late in the first quarter of 2006. Upon sale, WesBanco expects to record a net pre-tax gain of approximately $2.4 million. The four branches had $37.7 million in deposits and $20.8 million in loans as of the date of announcement.

 

93


Table of Contents

NOTE 24. CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Presented below are the Condensed Balance Sheets, Statements of Income and Statements of Cash Flows for the Parent Company:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,

(in thousands)


   2005

   2004

ASSETS

             

Cash and short-term investments

   $ 2,695    $ 28,219

Investment in subsidiaries—Banking

     499,977      400,387

Investment in subsidiaries—Nonbank

     4,734      5,465

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     5,608      4,881

Other assets

     11,973      9,703
         

  

Total Assets

   $ 524,987    $ 448,655
    

  

LIABILITIES

             

Borrowings

   $ 15,500    $ 253

Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

     87,638      72,174

Dividends payable and other liabilities

     6,619      6,047
         

  

Total Liabilities

     109,757      78,474

SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

     415,230      370,181
    

  

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 524,987    $ 448,655
         

  

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Dividends from subsidiaries—Banking

   $ 40,500     $ 34,000     $ 40,000  

Dividends from subsidiaries—Nonbank

     735       400       —    

Income from securities

     166       300       250  

Net securities gains

     575       855       199  

Other income

     147       159       115  
    


 


 


Total income

     42,123       35,714       40,564  

Total expense

     6,842       4,147       3,541  
    


 


 


Income before income tax benefit and undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     35,281       31,567       37,023  

Income tax benefit

     (2,464 )     (1,240 )     (1,287 )
    


 


 


Income before undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     37,745       32,807       38,310  

Undistributed net income (excess dividends) of subsidiaries

     5,012       5,375       (2,180 )
    


 


 


NET INCOME

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130  
    


 


 


 

94


Table of Contents

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                        

Net income

   $ 42,757     $ 38,182     $ 36,130  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Excess dividends (undistributed net income) of subsidiaries

     (5,012 )     (5,375 )     2,180  

Gains on sale of securities

     (575 )     (855 )     (199 )

Increase (decrease) in other assets

     201       (8,127 )     (972 )

Other—net

     1,489       1,044       452  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     38,860       24,869       37,591  
    


 


 


INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                        

Securities available for sale:

                        

Proceeds from sales

     945       2,211       4,022  

Proceeds from maturities and calls

     —         750       2,710  

Payments for purchases

     (144 )     (693 )     (50 )

Acquisitions and additional capitalization of subsidiaries

     (36,489 )     (30,249 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (35,688 )     (27,981 )     6,682  
    


 


 


FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                        

Payments on ESOP debt

     (253 )     (325 )     (450 )

Increase (decrease) in borrowings

     15,500       —         (17,700 )

Extinguishment of junior subordinated debt

     —         —         (12,650 )

Issuance of junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated subsidiary trusts

     15,464       41,238       30,936  

Purchases of treasury stock—net

     (36,622 )     (2,739 )     (17,856 )

Dividends paid

     (22,785 )     (19,792 )     (19,278 )

Other

     —         —         57  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (28,696 )     18,382       (36,941 )
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (25,524 )     15,270       7,332  

Cash and short-term investments at beginning of year

     28,219       12,949       5,617  
    


 


 


Cash and short-term investments at end of year

   $ 2,695     $ 28,219     $ 12,949  
    


 


 


 

NOTE 25. BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

WesBanco operates two reportable segments: community banking and trust and investment services. WesBanco’s community banking segment offers services traditionally offered by full-service commercial banks, including commercial demand, individual demand and time deposit accounts, as well as commercial, mortgage and individual installment loans. The trust and investment services segment offers trust services as well as various alternative investment products including mutual funds. The market value of assets of the trust and investment services segment was approximately $2.6 billion, $2.7 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. These assets are held by the Bank, in fiduciary or agency capacities for their customers and therefore are not included as assets on WesBanco’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

95


Table of Contents

Condensed Financial Information by business segment is presented below:

 

(in thousands)


  

Community

Banking


  

Trust and

Investment

Services


  

Consolidated


For the year ended December 31, 2005:

                    

Interest income

   $ 224,745      —      $ 224,745

Interest expense

     92,434      —        92,434
    

  

  

Net interest income

     132,311      —        132,311

Provision for loan losses

     8,045      —        8,045
    

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     124,266      —        124,266

Non-interest income

     24,828    $ 14,305      39,133

Non-interest expense

     100,210      8,710      108,920
    

  

  

Income before provision for income taxes

     48,884      5,595      54,479

Provision for income taxes

     9,484      2,238      11,722
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 39,400    $ 3,357    $ 42,757
    

  

  

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles

   $ 147,658    $ —      $ 147,658

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,978      78      6,056

Net deferred tax assets

     10,549      —        10,549

Total assets

   $ 4,419,123    $ 2,992    $ 4,422,115

For the year ended December 31, 2004:

                    

Interest income

   $ 169,436      —      $ 169,436

Interest expense

     60,212      —        60,212
    

  

  

Net interest income

     109,224      —        109,224

Provision for loan losses

     7,735      —        7,735
    

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     101,489      —        101,489

Non-interest income

     22,485    $ 13,056      35,541

Non-interest expense

     81,889      7,983      89,872
    

  

  

Income before provision for income taxes

     42,085      5,073      47,158

Provision for income taxes

     6,947      2,029      8,976
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 35,138    $ 3,044    $ 38,182
    

  

  

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles

   $ 83,922    $ —      $ 83,922

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,802      83      5,885

Net deferred tax assets

     10,397      —        10,397

Total assets

   $ 4,009,052    $ 2,347    $ 4,011,399

For the year ended December 31, 2003:

                    

Interest income

   $ 165,516      —      $ 165,516

Interest expense

     62,512      —        62,512
    

  

  

Net interest income

     103,004      —        103,004

Provision for loan losses

     9,612      —        9,612
    

  

  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     93,392      —        93,392

Non-interest income

     21,601    $ 11,629      33,230

Non-interest expense

     74,280      7,530      81,810
    

  

  

Income before provision for income taxes

     40,713      4,099      44,812

Provision for income taxes

     7,042      1,640      8,682
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 33,671    $ 2,459    $ 36,130
    

  

  

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles

   $ 57,801    $ —      $ 57,801

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,685      56      5,741

Net deferred tax assets

     12,105      —        12,105

Total assets

   $ 3,443,333    $ 1,673    $ 3,445,006

 

96


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

WesBanco’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of WesBanco’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2005, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the chief executive officer along with the chief financial officer concluded that WesBanco’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005, are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to WesBanco (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in WesBanco’s periodic filings under the Exchange Act.

 

No changes in WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting have occurred during the year ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The management of WesBanco is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of WesBanco’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of WesBanco’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

WesBanco’s management assessed the effectiveness of WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in “Internal Control–Integrated Framework.” Based on the assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2005, WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting is effective, based on the COSO criteria. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, WesBanco’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report appearing below.

 

 

/s/ Paul M. Limbert

     

/s/ Robert H. Young

Paul M. Limbert       Robert H. Young
President and Chief Executive Officer       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

97


Table of Contents

Report of Ernst & Young, LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

WesBanco, Inc.

 

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that WesBanco, Inc. (WesBanco) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). WesBanco’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of WesBanco’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions for the preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FRY-9C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, management’s assessment that WesBanco maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, WesBanco maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of WesBanco, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 of WesBanco, Inc. and our report dated February 28, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

February 28, 2006

 

98


Table of Contents

ITEM. 9B:    OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information relating to the principal occupations of directors of WesBanco, their ages, directorships in other companies and respective terms of office is set forth under the heading “Election of Directors” and “Continuing Directors” in WesBanco’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed separately on Schedule 14A and is incorporated by reference.

 

Information relating to executive officers of WesBanco is set forth under the heading “Executive Officers of the Corporation” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

Information relating to late filings is set forth under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

Information relating to the Audit Committee of WesBanco is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

Information relating to the Financial Expert of WesBanco’s Audit Committee is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

WesBanco has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including WesBanco’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other executive officers. WesBanco’s “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” can be found posted on our website at http://www.wesbanco.com in the “Investor Relations” section under “Governance Documents”. WesBanco intends to disclose any changes or amendments to or waivers from this code of ethics on its website as well as the required filing of Form 8-K, under Item 5.05.

 

WesBanco will provide a printed copy, free of charge, of WesBanco’s Code of Ethics to any shareholder requesting such information. To obtain a copy of WesBanco’s Code of Ethics, contact: Linda Woodfin, WesBanco, Inc., 1 Bank Plaza, Wheeling, WV 26003.

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information relating to compensation of directors and executive officers is set forth under the heading “Compensation of Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information relating to the beneficial ownership of WesBanco’s common stock by all directors, each executive officer named in the “Summary Compensation Table” of the Proxy and all executive officers and directors as a group is set forth under the heading “Ownership of Securities by Directors, Nominees and Officers” in the Proxy and is incorporated by reference.

 

99


Table of Contents
 

Equity Compensation Plan Information


Plan Category


  

Number of securities to

be issued upon exercise

of outstanding options


  

Weighted average

exercise price of

outstanding options


  

Number of securities

remaining for future issuance

under equity compensation plans


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   442,052    $ 24.25    398,569

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   None      None    None

 

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Information relating to transactions and relationships with certain directors and executive officers of WesBanco is set forth under the heading “Transactions with Directors and Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference. Additional information concerning related party transactions is set forth under Note 21, “Transactions with Related Parties” in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information relating to the Principal Accounting Fees and Services is set forth under the heading “Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

 

100


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(A) CERTAIN DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THE FORM 10-K

 

(1) CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Reference is made to Part II- Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

( 2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES: No financial statement schedules are being filed since the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related Notes.

 

(3) EXHIBIT LISTING

 

Exhibits listed in this Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed herein or are incorporated by reference.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Document


  

Location:


  2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 1, 2004, by and between WesBanco, Inc., WOFC, Inc. and Western Ohio Financial Corporation.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2004.
  2.2      First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 13, 2004, by and between WesBanco, Inc., WOFC, Inc. and Western Ohio Financial Corporation.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  2.3      Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 25, 2004, by and between WesBanco, Inc., WesBanco Bank, Inc., Winton Financial Corporation and Winton Savings and Loan Co.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004 and Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2004.
  3.1      Restated Articles of Incorporation of WesBanco, Inc.   

Incorporated by reference to a prior Registration Statement on Form S-4 under Registration No. 333-03905 filed by the Registrant with the

Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 1996.

  3.2      Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of WesBanco , Inc.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 1998.
  3.3      Bylaws of WesBanco, Inc. (As Amended and Restated August 22, 2002).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2002.
  4.1      Specimen Certificate of WesBanco, Inc. Common Stock.    Incorporated by reference to a prior Registration Statement on Form S-4 under Registration No. 33-42157 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 1991.

 

101


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Document


  

Location:


  4.2      Junior Subordinated Indenture dated June 19, 2003 entered into between WesBanco, Inc., as issuer and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.3      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trust II.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.4      Form of Common Securities Certificate of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trust II (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.3).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.5      Form of Preferred Securities Certificate of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Trust II (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.3).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.6      Guarantee Agreement between WesBanco, Inc. and The Bank of New York.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.7      Indenture dated June 26, 2003 entered into between WesBanco, Inc., as issuer and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.8      Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.9      Form of Capital Security Certificate of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.8).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.10    Form of Common Security Certificate of WesBanco, Inc. Capital Statutory Trust III (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.8).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.11    Guarantee Agreement between WesBanco, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
  4.12    Indenture dated June 17, 2004 entered into between WesBanco, Inc., as issuer and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.13    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of WesBanco Capital Trust IV dated June 17, 2004.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.14    Form of Capital Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust IV (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.13).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.15    Form of Common Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust IV (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.13).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.

 

102


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Document


  

Location:


  4.16    Guarantee Agreement by and between WesBanco, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company dated June 17, 2004.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.17    Indenture dated June 17, 2004 entered into between WesBanco, Inc., as issuer and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.18    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of WesBanco Capital Trust V dated June 17, 2004.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.19    Form of Capital Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust V (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.18).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.20    Form of Common Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust V (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.18).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.21    Guarantee Agreement by and between WesBanco, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company dated June 17, 2004.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004.
  4.22    Indenture dated March 17, 2005 entered into between WesBanco, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee.    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005.
  4.23    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of WesBanco Capital Trust VI dated March 17, 2005.    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005.
  4.24    Form of Capital Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust VI (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.23).    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005.
  4.25    Form of Common Security Certificate of WesBanco Capital Trust VI (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.23).    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005.
  4.26    Guarantee Agreement by and between WesBanco, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company dated March 17, 2005.    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2005.
10.1      Key Executive Incentive Bonus and Option Plan.    Incorporated by reference to Schedule 14A Definitive Proxy Statement (Appendix A) filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 13, 1998.
10.2      Employment Agreements with Paul M. Limbert, John W. Moore, Jerome B. Schmitt and Kristine N. Molnar.    Incorporated by reference to a prior Registration Statement on Form S-4 under Registration No. 33-72228 filed by the Registrant with The Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30,1993.
10.3      Employment Agreement with Larry G. Johnson.    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 15, 1998.

 

103


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Document


  

Location:


10.4      Employment Continuity Agreement with Larry G. Johnson.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 1999.
10.5      Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between WesBanco, Inc., WesBanco Bank, Inc. and Edward M. George.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2000.
10.6      Employment Agreement, dated November 30, 2001, by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc., WesBanco, Inc. and Brent E. Richmond.    Incorporated by reference to a prior Registration Statement on Form S-4 under Registration No. 333-74814 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2001.
10.7      Employment Agreement dated June 30, 2001, by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc., Robert H. Young and WesBanco, Inc .    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2002.
10.8      Employment Agreement dated May 28, 2003, by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc., and Peter W. Jaworski and WesBanco, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 13, 2003.
10.9      Revolving Credit Agreement dated July 30, 2004, between WesBanco, Inc., (as borrower) and SunTrust Bank (as lender).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004.
10.10      Employment Agreement dated November 2, 2004 by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc., WesBanco, Inc. and Dennis G. Powell.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2004.
10.11    First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement dated March 16, 2005, between WesBanco, Inc. (as borrower) and SunTrust Bank (as lender).    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2005.
10.12    Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement by and between WesBanco, Inc., WesBanco Bank, Inc., Paul M. Limbert, Jerome B. Schmitt, John W. Moore, Kristine N. Molnar, Dennis G. Powell and Robert H. Young.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005.
10.13    Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc. and Paul M. Limbert, Kristine N. Molnar, John W. Moore and Jerome B. Schmitt.    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005.
10.14    Form of Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc. and executive officers (along with their related 10 year benefit at age 65) as follows: Paul M. Limbert ($100,000); Kristine N. Molnar ($40,000), John W. Moore ($35,000) and Jerome B. Schmitt ($60,000).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005.

 

104


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Document


  

Location:


10.15    Form of Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement – With Change in Control Provision by and between WesBanco Bank, Inc. and executive officers (along with their related 10 year benefit at age 65) as follows: Robert H. Young ($40,000); Peter W. Jaworski ($25,000) and Brent E. Richmond ($12,000).    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2005.
10.16    Amended and Restated WesBanco, Inc. KSOP    *
10.17    WesBanco, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan – For Directors and Eligible Employees.
(as amended)
   *
11         Computation of Earnings Per Share.    Computation of earnings per share is set forth under Note 2, “Earnings Per Share” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
21         Subsidiaries of the Registrant.    *
23         Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP.    *
24         Power of Attorney.    *
31.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e).    *
31.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e).    *
32.1      Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    *

* Filed Here With

 

105


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the Requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 9, 2006.

 

   

WESBANCO, INC.

By:

 

/s/    P AUL M. L IMBERT        


    Paul M. Limbert
    President and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/    R OBERT H. Y OUNG        


    Robert H. Young
    Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on March 9, 2006.

 

By:

  /s/    E DWARD M. G EORGE        
    Edward M. George
    Chairman of the Board

 

The Directors of WesBanco (listed below) executed a power of attorney appointing Paul M. Limbert their attorney-in-fact, empowering him to sign this report on their behalf.

 

By:

  /s/    P AUL M. L IMBERT        
    Paul M. Limbert
    Attorney-in-fact

 

James E. Altmeyer   

Paul M. Limbert

Ray A. Byrd   

Jay T. McCamic

R. Peterson Chalfant   

Henry L. Schulhoff

Christopher V. Criss   

Joan C. Stamp

James D. Entress   

Carter W. Strauss

Abigail M. Feinknopf   

Reed J. Tanner

Ernest S. Fragale   

Robert K. Tebay

Edward M. George     
Vaughn L. Kiger     
Robert E. Kirkbride     

 

106

Exhibit 10.16

WesBanco, Inc. KSOP

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

As Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2006


Table of Contents

 

WesBanco, Inc. KSOP    1
Article 1 Preface    1
Article 2 Definitions    3
Article 3 Eligibility and Participation    10
Article 4 Contributions    12
Article 5 Benefits    17
Article 6 Death Benefits    20
Article 7 Vesting    22
Article 8 Distributions    23
Article 9 Accounts    26
Article 10 Top-Heavy Plan Provisions    32
Article 11 Administration By Committee    36

Article 12 Allocation of Responsibilities Among Named Fiduciaries, Management of Funds and

Amendment or Termination of Plan

   38
Article 13 Miscellaneous    41
Article 14 Termination of Plan and Trust, Merger or Consolidation of Plan    42
Article 15 Claims Procedure    43
Article 16 Provisions Regarding Employer Stock    45
Article 17 Special Vesting Rules for Participant Accounts from Merged Plans    53

 

i


WesBanco, Inc. KSOP

WHEREAS, WesBanco, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of West Virginia, (the “Employer”), established the WesBanco, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) effective as of December 31, 1986, such Plan intended to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) and as a stock bonus plan under Code Section 401(a); and

WHEREAS, the Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 1989; and

WHEREAS, the Plan was further amended and restated effective January 1, 1996 to include a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k) and employer matching contributions under Code Section 401(m), and the name of the Plan was changed to the WesBanco, Inc. KSOP; and

WHEREAS, the Employer subsequently amended and restated the Plan, also effective January 1, 1996 solely for the purpose of clarifying the terms of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Plan has been amended a number of times since it was last amended and restated and, as a result, the Employer desires to again amend and restate the Plan in order to reorganize the Plan document and bring it up-to-date;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended and restated in accordance with the terms and conditions described hereinafter:

Article 1

Preface

Section 1.1. Effective Date . Except as otherwise provided herein, the effective date of the Plan, as amended and restated, is January 1, 2006.

Section 1.2. Purpose of Plan . The purpose of the Plan is, in the manner set forth hereinafter, to promote the future economic welfare of the Employees of each adopting Employer, develop in those Employees an increased interest in each adopting Employer’s successful operation and encourage Employee savings. The intention of each adopting Employer is that the contributions made by it and

 

1


Employee deferrals, together with the income thereon, shall be accumulated and made available to its Employees upon their retirement, all as set forth hereinafter. It is intended that the Plan qualify as an employee stock ownership plan under Code Section 4975(e)(7) with respect to Employer discretionary contributions and as a profit sharing plan under Code Section 401(a).

Section 1.3 . Legal Effect . As of January 1, 2006, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall amend and supersede prospectively the terms and conditions of the WesBanco, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan originally effective December 31, 1986, and all subsequent amendments thereto, including the WesBanco, Inc. KSOP effective January 1, 1996; provided, that the provisions of such prior Plan shall continue to govern the rights of all Employees who retired or otherwise ceased to work for the Employer prior to the execution date hereof, except as otherwise expressly stated herein.

If the provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement that is part of the Plan are found to be contradictory, then the provisions of the Plan document shall apply.

Section 1.4 . Form of Plan . The Plan shall be a single plan of a controlled group or affiliated service group, as defined in Code Sections 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m). The total assets of the Plan shall be available to provide benefits for any Participant.

Section 1.5 . Governing Law . The Plan shall be regulated, construed and administered under the laws of the State of West Virginia, except when preempted by federal law.

Section 1.6 . Headings . The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for convenience and reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

Section 1.7 . Gender and Number . The masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine, the feminine gender shall be deemed to include the masculine, and the singular shall include the plural, unless otherwise clearly required by the context.

 

2


Article 2

Definitions

The following words and phrases, when used herein, shall have the meanings set forth below unless otherwise clearly required by the context:

Section 2.1 . Act . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.2 . Adjustment Date . Each day that securities are traded on a national stock exchange.

Section 2.3 . Beneficiary . The person or persons designated by a Participant or Inactive Participant to receive the balance of his account, if any, after his death.

Section 2.4 . Board . The Board of Directors of WesBanco, Inc.

Section 2.5 . Break in Service . The failure of a former Employee to complete more than 500 Hours of Service during a Plan Year. Such break shall be effective as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such event occurs. A Break in Service shall not result from a Leave of Absence; provided, that the Employee returns to employment at the end of such Leave of Absence.

Section 2.6 . Cash Subaccount . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of any Employer contributions, Employee deferrals and rollover contributions made in cash, cash dividends which have been paid with respect to Employer Stock allocated to his accounts, and earnings on short term investments deposited in his Cash Subaccount pending investment in Employer Stock.

Section 2.7 . Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or as it may be amended from time to time.

Section 2.8 . Committee . The Administrative Committee as described in Article 11.

Section 2.9 . Compensation . Except as provided in Section 10.7 of the Plan, Compensation shall mean the total salary and wages paid to a Participant by an Employer during a Plan Year, including

 

3


commissions, bonuses, overtime, elective deferrals under Code Sections 125 and 401(k), severance pay, pay in lieu of notice, accrued vacation pay, nonqualified stock options, sick pay benefits, insurance premiums, long-term disability and taxable medical reimbursement, but excluding mileage and expense allowances, deductible moving expenses, cash fringe benefits and contributions to the Plan or any other deferred compensation plan of the Employer.

In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual Compensation means compensation during the Plan Year or such other 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

Solely for purposes of Section 4.3, Compensation for the first Plan Year during which an Employee participates shall include Compensation paid during the entire Plan Year. For all other purposes under Article 4, Compensation for the first year an Employee participates shall include Compensation paid after his Entry Date.

Section 2.10 . Cost Subaccount . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of the average cost of shares of Employer Stock purchased and allocated to his accounts.

Section 2.11 . Date of Employment . The first date on which an Employee completes an Hour of Service.

Section 2.12 . Date of Reemployment . The date on which an Employee completes an Hour of Service following a termination or Break in Service.

Section 2.13 . Employee . Any person who is a common law employee of the Employer.

Section 2.14 . Employee Deferral Account . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of elective deferrals of the Participant’s Compensation and

 

4


adjustments as of each Adjustment Date, less any payments therefrom. Each Employee Deferral Account shall include, where appropriate, subaccounts that reflect Employee-directed investments if permitted in Section 9.2.

Section 2.15 . Employee Rollover Contribution Account . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of the Participant’s rollovers, pursuant to Section 4.4, and adjustments as of each Adjustment Date. Each Employee Rollover Contribution Account shall include, where appropriate, subaccounts that reflect Employee-directed investments if permitted in Section 9.2.

Section 2.16 . Employer . WesBanco, Inc. and adopting Related Employers.

Section 2.17 . Employer Discretionary Contribution Account . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of his allocated share of Employer discretionary contributions and adjustments as of each Adjustment Date, less any distributions therefrom. An Employer Discretionary Account will include a Number of Shares Subaccount and a Cash Subaccount, as applicable.

Section 2.18 . Employer Matching Contribution Account . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of his allocated share of Employer matching contributions and adjustments as of each Adjustment Date, less any distributions therefrom. Each Employer Matching Contribution Account shall include, where appropriate, subaccounts that reflect Employee-directed investments if permitted in Section 9.2.

Section 2.19 . Employer Stock . Common stock of WesBanco, Inc.

Section 2.20 . Entry Date . The first day of each calendar month.

Section 2.21 . Fund . One of the funds allowed as an investment election under Section 9.2.

Section 2.22 . Highly Compensated Employee . The term Highly Compensated Employee includes highly compensated active Employees and highly compensated former Employees.

A highly compensated active Employee includes any Employee who performs service for the Employer or a Related Employer and who: (1) was a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)) at any time during the Determination Year or the Look-Back Year, or (2) for the Look-Back Year had compensation from the Employer or a Related Employer in excess of $80,000 and was in the Top-Paid Group. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.

 

5


For purposes of this Section, the Determination Year is the Plan Year for which the determination is being made, and the Look-Back Year is the 12 month period immediately preceding the Determination Year.

A highly compensated former Employee is determined based on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated employee status as in effect for that Determination Year, in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-lt, A-4 of the temporary income tax regulations and Notice 97-75.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group and the compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.

Section 2.23 . Hour of Service .

 

  (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer and any Related Employer. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed.

 

  (b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer and any Related Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

 

  (1) No more than 501 hours are required to be credited under this paragraph to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

 

  (2) An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

 

  (3) Hours are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

 

  (c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation or damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same hours shall not be credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). Hours for which back pay is awarded or agreed to shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

 

6


  (d) Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service with the Employer.

 

  (e) A salaried Employee who is not paid on an hourly basis shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week during which the Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service.

 

  (f) Hours under this Section shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (g) Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred, an Employee or former Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity leave shall receive credit either for the Hours of Service, as described in paragraphs (a) through (f) above, which otherwise would have been credited to such Employee or former Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which such Hours of Service cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per day of absence. The total number of Hours of Service credited under this paragraph (g) shall not exceed 501. Hours of Service pursuant to this paragraph shall be credited in the computation period during which the absence begins if doing so would prevent an Employee from incurring a one-year Break in Service in that computation period. In any other case, these hours shall be credited in the following computation period. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity leave means an absence (1) by reason of pregnancy of the Employee or former Employee, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee or former Employee, (3) by reason of placement of a child with the Employee or former Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee or former Employee, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. Notwithstanding the above, no credit shall be given for Hours of Service pursuant to this paragraph (g) unless the Employee or former Employee furnishes sufficient information to the Plan Administrator or the Committee to establish that the absence is due to maternity or paternity leave and the number of days of such absence.

 

  (h) Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Break in Service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred, an Employee or former Employee who is absent from work due to a Leave or Absence or service in the uniformed services shall receive credit for 40 Hours of Service per week or eight Hours of Service per working day; provided, that the Employee returns to employment with the Employer at the end of the Leave of Absence or within the time period prescribed by law for return from service in the uniformed services.

Section 2.24 . Inactive Participant . Any person who terminates employment or otherwise ceases to be a Participant but whose interest in the Trust Fund has not been wholly distributed.

Section 2.25 . Leave of Absence . Any absence authorized by the Employer under its standard personnel practices as applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all persons similarly situated. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

7


Section 2.26 . Limitation Year . The Plan Year.

Section 2.27 . Non-highly Compensated Employee . Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

Section 2.28 . Normal Retirement Age . The 65th birthday of a Participant.

Section 2.29 . Normal Retirement Date . The first day of the month coincident with or next following the date a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

Section 2.30 . Number of Shares Subaccount . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of the number of whole and fractional shares of Employer Stock purchased by or allocated to his accounts.

Section 2.31 . Participant . Every Employee who has met the requirements of Article 3 and who is not an Inactive Participant.

Section 2.32 . Plan . The WesBanco, Inc. KSOP as herein set out or as duly amended.

Section 2.33 . Plan Administrator . The Employer.

Section 2.34 . Plan Year . The 12-month period ending on December 31 of each year.

Section 2.35 . Qualified Employee . Any Employee, excluding any individual who is a “leased employee,” as defined in Code Section 414(n)(2), any temporary Employee, and any Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and the Employer if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and the Employer.

Section 2.36 . Qualified Matching Contributions . Employer matching contributions that are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements of Code Section 401(k) when made.

Section 2.37 . Qualified Matching Contribution Account . The balance posted to the record of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary consisting of his allocated share of Qualified Matching Contributions and adjustments as of each Adjustment Date, less any distributions therefrom. Each Qualified Matching Contribution Account shall include, where appropriate, subaccounts that reflect Employee-directed investments if permitted in Section 9.2.

 

8


Section 2.38 . Related Employer . A corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 1563(a)(1), (a)(2) and (a)(3)) of which the Employer is also a member, any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer, any member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(m)) that includes the Employer, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 414(o). For purposes of Sections 9.4 and 9.5, however, the phrase “more than 50 percent” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).

Section 2.39 . Trust or Trust Fund . The total of the contributions made pursuant to the Plan by the Employer and Participants and held by the Trustee in a separate Trust, increased by any profits or income thereto, and decreased by any loss or expense incurred in the administration of the Trust and payments therefrom under the Plan.

Section 2.40 . Trustee . The bank, trust company, other financial institution or individual or individuals holding and managing the Fund according to the terms of the WesBanco Bank, Inc. KSOP Trust Agreement.

 

9


Article 3

Eligibility and Participation

Section 3.1 . Eligibility . All Qualified Employees who were Participants in the Plan on December 31, 2005 shall continue to participate in the Plan as of January 1, 2006. Any other Qualified Employee who has completed 60 days of service after attaining age 21, shall become a Participant at the time specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.2 . Participation . Any Qualified Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Section 3.1 shall be eligible to become a Participant on the Entry Date next following the date on which such requirements are met unless such Employee separated from service and did not return to employment before his Entry Date.

Once a Qualified Employee becomes a Participant, he shall remain a Participant until he terminates employment with an Employer, regardless of the number of Hours of Service he completes in a Plan Year.

A Qualified Employee who terminates employment after meeting the requirements of Section 3.1 and is rehired shall be eligible to become a Participant on the later of his Date of Reemployment or his original Entry Date.

Section 3.3 . Transfer to or from Eligible Class of Employees . If a Participant is no longer a Qualified Employee and becomes ineligible to participate but has not incurred a Break in Service, such Employee will be eligible to participate again immediately upon becoming a Qualified Employee.

If an Employee who is not a Qualified Employee becomes a Qualified Employee, such Employee will be eligible to participate on the later of the date he becomes a Qualified Employee, if such Employee otherwise previously would have become a Participant, and his original Entry Date.

Section 3.4 . Service with a Related Employer . A Participant who transfers employment to a Related Employer not adopting the Plan shall remain covered by the Plan but shall become an Inactive Participant and share in Employer contributions only until the end of the Plan Year in which such transfer occurs. Such contributions shall be determined by taking into account only Compensation received while a Participant. If an Inactive Participant is transferred again to the Employer, he shall be eligible to participate in the Plan on his date of transfer. If an Inactive Participant remains in the employ of a Related Employer not adopting the Plan until his termination of employment, his benefits shall be calculated based on the provisions of Articles 5 and 7.

 

10


Section 3.5 . Service as a Leased Employee . Each “leased employee,” within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2), shall be considered an Employee or an employee of a Related Employer, as appropriate, for purposes of determining whether the Plan satisfies the minimum coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leased employee shall not be so considered if the leased employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing for a nonintegrated employer contribution of at least ten percent of compensation, full and immediate vesting, and immediate participation, and leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s nonhighly compensated work force.

If a leased employee is subsequently hired as an Employee, service while a leased employee shall be considered when determining such Employee’s Years of Service.

Section 3.6 . Qualified Military Service . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, the Plan will provide contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

11


Article 4

Contributions

Section 4.1 . Employee Deferrals . Prior to becoming a Participant, an Employee who has met the requirements of Section 3.1 may elect to defer whole percentages between one percent and 50 percent of his Compensation (or such larger or smaller percentage as may, from time to time, be set by the Committee) during the Plan Year for which the election is being made. If such election is not made prior to the first Entry Date following eligibility, then he shall be eligible to make a deferral election in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, such election to be effective as soon as administratively feasible after such deferral election is made. The election shall specify the percentage to be deferred and contributed to the Trust.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Qualified Employee hired on or after January 2, 1999, shall be deemed to have elected to defer one percent of his Compensation into the Plan effective as of the first Entry Date following completion of the eligibility requirements under Section 3.1 unless the Qualified Employee makes an affirmative election not to make a deferral contribution or elects a different deferral amount.

Except as otherwise provided in the next paragraph, in no event shall a Participant’s deferrals to this Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any calendar year exceed the dollar limit contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for such calendar year.

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Participants who will attain age 50 or older before the end of the Plan year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of Code Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)12, 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.

A Participant may change his deferral percentage in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, effective as soon as administratively feasible after such change is made.

 

12


For purposes of this Section 4.1, Compensation used for determining the amount of any deferral shall be Compensation for the Plan Year for which such election is made, including any increases in Compensation during the Plan Year.

Deferrals made pursuant to this Section shall be paid to the Trustee and credited to the Participant’s Employee Deferral Account. Any amounts not elected to be deferred shall be paid to the Participant as current Compensation.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant who has received a hardship distribution described in Section 8.2 shall not be eligible to make deferrals during the 6 consecutive month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

A Participant may assign to the Plan any deferrals made during a taxable year that exceed the $15,000 (as adjusted) limitation (“excess deferrals”) by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing on or before April 1 of the year following the year in which the deferrals were made of the amount of such excess deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A Participant shall be deemed to have notified the Plan Administrator of excess deferrals to the extent the Participant has excess deferrals for a taxable year determined by taking into account only elective deferrals under the Plan and other qualified plans maintained by the Employer.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the excess deferrals assigned to the Plan, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant who assigned such excess deferrals to the Plan for the preceding year.

The income or loss allocable to excess deferrals shall be calculated under the same method used in Section 9.3 to allocate income or loss to Participants’ accounts. Alternatively, the income or loss allocable to excess deferrals shall be calculated by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Employee Deferral Account for the Participant’s taxable year (or up to the date of distribution, as designated by the Committee) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s excess deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the balance of the Participant’s Employee Deferral Account at the beginning of the taxable year plus the Participant’s deferrals for the taxable year (or up to the date of distribution, as designated by the Committee). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the date of distribution is after the end of the Participant’s taxable year, the Committee may elect to calculate the income or loss attributable to the period between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution by using the method described in the preceding sentence to calculate the income or loss to the end of the Participant’s taxable year and then multiplying ten percent of the result of that calculation by the number of

 

13


calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the taxable year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the taxable year, a corrective distribution made on or before the 15th day of the month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month. A distribution made after the 15th day of the month is treated as made on the first day of the next month. The same method of calculating income or loss on excess deferrals must be used consistently for all Participants and all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.

Section 4.2 . Employer Matching Contributions . The Employer shall contribute to the Trust on behalf of each Participant matching contributions equal to 100 percent of the first 3 percent and 50 percent of the next 2 percent of Compensation deferred by the Participant during the Plan Year. The matching contributions shall apply to the Plan Year as a whole, but shall be made and allocated as of the last Adjustment Date in each calendar quarter to the Participants who made deferrals of Compensation during that calendar quarter and/or, if applicable, during a prior calendar quarter of the Plan Year.

Section 4.3 . Employer Discretionary Contributions . In addition to Employer matching contributions, the Employer may contribute to the Trust for each Plan Year such amount as the Board shall determine for such Plan Year; provided, that the total contributions for any such Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible by the Employer for such Plan Year for federal income tax purposes, including any credit carry-over from one or more prior Plan Years. Employer discretionary contributions may be paid to the Trust in cash or shares of Employer Stock, as determined by the Board.

If an Employee does not receive an allocation due to clerical error or other reasonable cause, the Employer may contribute to the Trust such amount as the Committee shall determine, as approved by the Board.

As of the December 31 Adjustment Date, the Employer discretionary contributions and any forfeitures under Article 7 shall be allocated among Participants employed on the last day of the Plan Year who completed a Year of Service, or who were on Leave of Absence during the Plan Year, in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all such Participants for such Plan Year. Employer discretionary contributions and forfeitures shall be allocated to a Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account.

Section 4.4 . Rollover Contributions . With the consent of the Committee, an Employee who has been a participant in a qualified retirement plan; Code Section 403(b) annuity contract; an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state; or an individual retirement account or annuity

 

14


described in Code Section 408(a) or (b) may transfer assets (other than after-tax contributions) by rollover from such plan to the Trust. Such transferred assets will be fully vested at all times. Any such transferred assets shall be held in a separate Employee Rollover Contribution Account in the name of the Participant and shall reflect the net earnings or net losses of the trust fund. However, such assets may be commingled for investment purposes and invested in the same manner as other trust assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amount may be transferred to the Plan from another plan if, as a result of such transfer, the Plan would be required to comply with Code Section 401(a)(11) as a transferee plan.

In addition, at the request of an Inactive Participant, the assets held on his behalf may be transferred to the plan of a successor employer (with the consent of the successor employer) or to an individual retirement account. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

An “eligible rollover distribution” is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Code Section 410(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV); and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a); an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b); an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a); a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a); an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b); and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state, that accept the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution and agree to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

15


Section 4.5 . Return of Employee Deferrals . Each Participant shall at all times be fully vested in the amount in his Employee Deferral Account, but a Participant or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to payment of the amount credited to such account only upon the occurrence of an event described in; and in accordance with, this Article 4 or Articles 5, 6 or 7.

 

16


Article 5

Benefits

Section 5.1 . Normal Retirement and Delayed Retirement Date . A Participant shall be eligible to retire and receive a retirement benefit effective as of his Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant remains in the employ of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date, he shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan until his actual retirement. The Participant’s benefit shall be available for distribution as soon as administratively feasible after the Adjustment Date coincident with or next succeeding such retirement.

Section 5.2 . Early Retirement . A Participant or Inactive Participant who has not attained his Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible to retire and receive a retirement benefit effective as of the earlier of (a) the first day of the month following the later of (1) attainment of age 60 and completion of 15 Years of Service, or (2) the tenth anniversary of the date the Participant or Inactive Participant commenced participation in the Plan, and (b) the date on which the Participant retires pursuant to an early retirement incentive window offered by the Employer. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, the Participant’s benefit shall be payable to him pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

Section 5.3 . Disability Retirement . A Participant who has not attained his Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible to retire and receive a retirement benefit effective as of the first day of the month following the date of the Participant’s termination of service with the Employer or a Related Employer as a result of permanent disability. For this purpose, “permanent disability” shall mean disability due to injury, disease or mental condition that has continued for at least six months; prevents the Participant from engaging in substantial gainful activity for which he is qualified or reasonably may become qualified; can be expected to result in death or continue for an indefinite period, as determined by the Committee based on a certificate from a physician approved by the Committee; and for which the Participant is eligible for and receiving Social Security disability benefits. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.6, the Participant’s benefit shall be payable to him pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

Section 5.4 . Method of Settlement . Each Participant or Inactive Participant may elect to have his vested account balance distributed in a single lump sum, in approximately equal annual installments, or a combination thereof. If distribution is made in installments, the total amount credited to the accounts of the Inactive Participant shall remain in the Fund and shall be adjusted as of each Adjustment Date as provided in the Plan, and the installments shall be modified annually to reflect such adjustments. If the Participant dies prior to the exhaustion of his accounts, the payments shall continue to his Beneficiary in the manner chosen by the Participant, subject to the provisions of Article 6.

 

17


In no event shall payments under the installment method extend beyond the later of the lifetime of the Participant, the lifetime of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancies of the Participant and his Beneficiary.

The value of any account balance for purposes of any distribution made under this Plan shall be determined as of the Adjustment Date on which such distribution is processed.

Section 5.5 . Commencement of Benefits .

 

  (a) Unless a Participant elects otherwise, benefits under the Plan must begin no later than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs:

 

  (1) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age,

 

  (2) the Participant terminates his service with the Employer, or

 

  (3) the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commences participation in the Plan.

A Participant may elect to defer payment until his Required Beginning Date, as defined below.

 

  (b) Benefits for a Participant or Inactive Participant must begin no later than the earlier of the time specified in Section 5.5(a) or the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Required Beginning Date, as defined in (c) below.

 

  (c) The Required Beginning Date of a Participant or Inactive Participant is the later of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 or retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-percent owner must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 .

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Participant (other than a 5-percent owner) attaining age 70  1 / 2 in calendar years after 1995 and before 1999 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70  1 / 2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a Participant attaining age 70  1 / 2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participants retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70  1 / 2 (or by December 31, 1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70  1 / 2 in 1996).

For purposes of this Section, a Participant or Inactive Participant is considered a five-percent owner if such Participant or Inactive Participant is a five-percent owner as defined in Section 10.3(c) without regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy, in any Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 66  1 / 2 .

 

18


  (d) Once distributions have begun to a five-percent owner under this Section, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant or Inactive Participant ceases to be a five-percent owner in a subsequent year.

Section 5.6 . Consent Requirement . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, no distribution shall commence to a Participant or Inactive Participant prior to age 65 without the written consent of the Participant or Inactive Participant, unless his or her vested account balance does not exceed $5,000. The consent of the Participant shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending on the “annuity starting date”. The “annuity starting date” is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or in any other form. The Committee shall notify the Participant of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant attains age 65. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3) and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given if the Committee clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

The value of a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested account balance for purposes of determining whether such value exceeds $5,000, shall be calculated without regard to the portion of his or her vested account balance attributable to his or her Employee Rollover Contribution Account.

Notwithstanding the above, effective March 28, 2005, if a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested account balance exceeds $1,000 but does not exceed $5,000, and a distribution is required to be made to the Participant or Inactive Participant pursuant to Section 5.2, 5.3, or 8.1 prior to attaining age 65, then if the Participant or Inactive Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or Inactive Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.

 

19


Article 6

Death Benefits

Section 6.1 . Amount and Payment of Death Benefits . Following the death of a Participant or Inactive Participant, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the nonforfeitable balance of the Participant’s accounts, if any. Such amount shall be paid to the Beneficiary in the manner selected by the Beneficiary, subject to Sections 5.4 and 6.3. If no election is made by the Beneficiary, such amount shall be paid in a lump sum.

Section 6.2 . Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant or Inactive Participant may name a Beneficiary on a form provided by the Plan Administrator and delivered to the Plan Administrator. Such designation may include more than one person with one or more secondary or contingent Beneficiaries and shall be subject to change upon written request of such Participant or Inactive Participant in the same manner as the original designation. If a married Participant or Inactive Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, he will be deemed to have designated his spouse as his Beneficiary. If a single Participant or Inactive Participant fails to name a Beneficiary, payment will be made to his estate. If a Beneficiary receiving or entitled to receive payment from the Plan dies before receiving all of the payments due him, payment shall be made to the contingent Beneficiary, if any, in a lump sum, and if there is no contingent Beneficiary, payment shall be made to the estate of the Beneficiary in a lump sum. If a contingent Beneficiary receiving or entitled to receive payment from the Plan dies, payment shall be made to the estate of the contingent Beneficiary in a lump sum.

Notwithstanding the above, a married Participant or Inactive Participant shall be deemed to have designated his spouse as his Beneficiary unless the spouse of such Participant or Inactive Participant consents in writing to another named Beneficiary. The spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public and must acknowledge the effect of another Beneficiary designation. Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that the consent cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located or such other circumstances exist as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe by regulations.

Section 6.3 . Payment of Death Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, any interest to which a designated Beneficiary is entitled will be paid (1) over a period not exceeding the later of the lifetime or life expectancy of the Beneficiary, provided such payment commences within one year after the Participant’s death, or (2) in its entirety within five years after the Participant’s death.

 

20


Notwithstanding the above, if the spouse of the Participant or Inactive Participant is the designated Beneficiary, the date on which the distribution must take place shall not be earlier than the date on which the deceased Participant or Inactive Participant would have attained age 70  1 / 2 ; provided, that if the surviving spouse dies before the distribution occurs, this Section shall apply as if the spouse were the Participant. The spouse may elect to have the distribution occur within the 90-day period following the date of the Participant’s death.

If the Participant’s designated Beneficiary or spouse, if any, does not survive, or if a single Participant fails to name a Beneficiary, distribution will be made to the Participant’s estate within five years after the Participant’s death.

Section 6.4 . Qualified Domestic Relations Order . For purposes of this Article 6, a former spouse will be treated as the spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p) and Section 13.1 of the Plan.

 

21


Article 7

Vesting

Section 7.1 . Vesting . Each Participant shall have a fully vested interest in his Employee Deferral Contribution Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employee Rollover Contribution Account at all times. Each Participant shall be fully vested in his Employer Discretionary Contribution Account upon completion of five Years of Service, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, disability retirement or death, and the Participant shall not be fully vested in such account before any such event.

Section 7.2 . Amendment of Vesting Schedule . No amendment to the Plan shall have the effect of decreasing a Participant’s vested percentage, or eliminating an optional form of distribution, as of the later of the date the amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective. If the vesting schedule is amended, each Participant with at least three Years of Service may elect to have his vested percentage determined under the Plan prior to amendment during the 60-day period beginning on the latest of (a) the date the amendment is adopted, (b) the date the amendment becomes effective, or (c) the date the Participant receives notice of the amendment from the Plan Administrator.

Section 7.3 . Forfeitures . If a Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account is not vested it will be forfeited as of the December 31 Adjustment Date of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s first Break in Service occurs. The amount of any such forfeiture shall be deducted first from the Participant’s Cash Subaccount, and then from his Number of Shares Subaccount. All forfeitures shall be reallocated to the Employer Discretionary Contribution Accounts of the remaining Participants as of such Adjustment Date as provided in Section 4.3. If the Participant returns to employment with the Employer before incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, his forfeited account shall be restored.

Section 7.4 . Vesting Upon Reemployment . If a Participant, who at the time of a Break in Service had any vested interest under the Plan, is reemployed, such Participant’s Years of Service shall include all Years of Service before and after the Break in Service. If a Participant, who at the time of a Break in Service had no vested interest under the Plan, is reemployed, such Participant’s Years of Service before the Break in Service shall be excluded if the Participant’s number of consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds five.

 

22


Article 8

Distributions

Section 8.1 . Termination of Employment before Retirement . If a Participant terminates employment before he is eligible for a retirement benefit, and his vested interest in all his accounts exceeds $5,000, then his interest shall be held in the Trust until the earlier of the date the Inactive Participant elects an early retirement benefit according to Section 5.2 of this Plan or reaches his Normal Retirement Date, unless he elects an earlier distribution as provided below. At that time, benefits will be paid as provided in Article 5. Subject to Section 5.6, if such Participant’s vested interest in all his accounts does not exceed) $5,000, then his interest shall be paid to him as soon as administratively feasible after he terminates employment.

If a terminated Participant’s vested interest exceeds $5,000, he may request a distribution to be paid as soon as administratively feasible after he terminates employment in accordance with Section 5.4.

The value of a Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s vested account balance for purposes of determining whether such value exceeds $5,000, shall be calculated without regard to the portion of his or her vested account balance attributable to his or her Employee Rollover Contribution Account.

Section 8.2 . Hardship Distributions . In case of hardship, a Participant may apply to the Committee for distribution of all or a portion of his deferral contributions to his Employee Deferral Account. As used in this Section, a “hardship” will be deemed to exist if the distribution is necessary in light of immediate and heavy financial needs of the Participant and funds to alleviate such financial needs are not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant.

A distribution will be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the distribution is on account of:

 

  (a) Expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, described in Code Section 213(d), for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependent of the Participant (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income).

 

  (b) Costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments).

 

23


  (c) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or his spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)).

 

  (d) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence.

 

  (e) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Section 152 (d)(1)(B)).

 

  (f) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

  (g) Such other needs as may be allowable under Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, notices and other documents of general applicability.

A distribution deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant is not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant if all of the following requirements are satisfied:

 

  (a) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include any amount necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution.

 

  (b) The Participant has obtained all other currently available distributions, (including distribution of ESOP dividends under Code Section 404(k) but not hardship distributions), and all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer.

 

  (c) The Participant is prohibited, under the terms of the Plan or an otherwise legally enforceable agreement, from making elective contributions and Employee contributions to the Plan and all other plans maintained by the Employer for at least 6 months after receipt of the hardship distribution.

If the Committee, based on the above standards, reasonably determines that a hardship exists or is imminent, it may direct the distribution of hardship benefits. The hardship distribution shall be made in a lump sum payment and shall not cause a suspension of Employer contributions, unless otherwise required as a condition of receiving such distribution.

The amount of any hardship distribution under this Section 8.2 shall not exceed the amount as determined by the Committee to be sufficient to alleviate the hardship.

The Committee shall apply the provisions of this Section on a uniform and consistent basis to all Participants in similar circumstances and shall make any rules and regulations, prescribe the use of such forms, and exercise any other powers it deems necessary properly to carry out the provision and intent of this Section.

 

24


Section 8.3 . Distributions Prior to Termination of Employment . A Participant who has reached age 59  1 / 2 may elect to receive all or any part of the Participant’s vested account balance without regard to whether the Participant has terminated employment.

Section 8.4 . QDRO Distributions . Notwithstanding anything above, a Participant’s interest in his accounts may be paid out immediately under a qualified domestic relations order pursuant to Section 13.1 of this Plan.

 

25


Article 9

Accounts

Section 9.1 . Committee Responsibility . The Committee shall determine the Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries who are entitled to one or more of the allocations hereinafter described, and it shall, as of each Adjustment Date, prepare a statement showing the information necessary to make the proper allocation. This information shall include the full names of all Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries, the amount of Employer matching and discretionary contributions, the amount of each Participant’s deferral and rollover contributions and the names of the Inactive Participants whose employment has terminated.

The Committee shall maintain for each Participant a separate Employee Deferral Account to record his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to his deferrals, a separate Employer Matching Contribution Account to record his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Employer matching contributions, a separate Employer Discretionary Contribution Account to record his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Employer discretionary contributions, and a separate Employee Rollover Contribution Account to record his interest in the Trust Fund attributable to Employee rollover contributions.

The accounts of each Participant shall be made up of subaccounts reflecting the Participant’s investment elections. Each subaccount shall be adjusted as provided in Section 9.3.

Section 9.2 . Investment Elections . Each Participant shall elect the manner in which his deferral contributions, Employer matching contributions and rollover contributions as well as his Employee Deferral Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employee Rollover Contribution Account are to be invested. Investment elections shall be made in one percent increments according to uniform procedures established by the Employer.

The Employer shall, from time to time, designate the investment funds available for Participant-directed investments pursuant to this Section.

Section 9.3 . Account Adjustments . The accounts of each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary shall be valued based on the value or number of shares of each Fund comprising such accounts. The fair market value of each Fund shall be determined each Adjustment Date. When a Participant’s accounts are credited with an allocation of any Employee deferrals, Employer contributions and rollover contributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the value of such allocation shall be

 

26


used to purchase units or shares and added to such Participant’s accounts. When any distribution, withdrawal or transfer among Funds is charged against the accounts of a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the number of units or shares equal in value to the amount paid from such accounts shall be deducted from the outstanding units or shares.

Section 9.4 . Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as provided in Section 4.1 and Code Section 414(v), annual additions to each Participant’s accounts under all defined contribution plans sponsored by the Employer and any Related Employer for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of $40,000 or 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation (as defined below) for such Limitation Year; provided, that, if no more than one-third of the Employer discretionary contributions for a Plan Year that are deductible under Code Section 404(a)(9) are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees, such limits shall not apply to forfeitures of Employer Stock acquired with the proceeds of a loan pursuant to Article 16 or Employer discretionary contributions that are deductible under Code Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s account.

 

  (1)

For purposes of this Section 9.4 and Sections 9.5 and 9.6, “Compensation” shall mean an Employee’s wages, salaries and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer to the extent the amounts are includible in gross income, including but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan; in the case of an Employee who is an employee within the meaning of Code Section 401(c)(1) and the regulations thereunder, the Employee’s earned income, within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(2) and the regulations thereunder, amounts described in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a) and 105(h) to the extent such amounts are includible in the gross income of an Employee; amounts paid or reimbursed by the employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee to the extent such amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Code Section 217; the value of a non-qualified stock option granted to an Employee by the Employer to the extent such value is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted; and the amount includible in an Employee’s gross income upon making the election described in Code Section 83(b). “Compensation” shall exclude contributions made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent that, before application of the Code Section 415 limits to that plan, the contributions are not includible in an Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed; Employer contributions made on an Employee’s behalf to a simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k); distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless of whether such amounts are includible in an Employee’s gross income when distributed (except for any amount received by an Employee pursuant to an unfunded, non-qualified plan in the year such amounts are includible in his gross income); amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or when restricted stock or property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired

 

27


 

under a qualified stock option; and other amount that receives special tax benefits, such as premiums for group-term life insurance (to the extent such premiums are not includible in the Employee’s gross income).

For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section, Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation Year shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), or 457.

Compensation for any Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or includable in gross income during such year.

Annual additions shall mean the aggregate of Employer contributions, Employee deferrals, forfeitures and the Participant’s voluntary contributions allocated to each Participant’s accounts during the Limitation Year in question. Annual additions shall also include amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer and amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post- retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a “key employee,” as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer.

If, due to reasonable error in estimating Compensation or determining the amount of deferrals that could be made for a Participant, the annual additions made to the Plan on behalf of any Participant exceed the maximum, the Employer shall treat the excess amount of such annual additions as follows:

 

  (a) So much of the Participant’s deferrals (and earnings thereon) that cause the Participant’s accounts to exceed the maximum annual additions shall be returned to the Participant, and the corresponding Employer matching contributions shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for the Limitation Year and reallocated as described below.

 

  (b) Any excess amounts in the Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account shall be treated as a forfeiture and reallocated to the accounts of Participants who are not affected by this limitation pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3. Any amount that cannot be reallocated shall be held in a suspense account for the Limitation Year and shall be allocated and reallocated to the Participants’ accounts in the next succeeding Limitation Year before any Employer contributions which would constitute annual additions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Any amounts remaining in the suspense account following such allocation and reallocation shall be used to reduce the Employer contribution for succeeding Limitation Years.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer shall not contribute any amount that would cause an allocation to a suspense account as of the date the contribution is allocated. If the contribution is made prior to the date as of which it is to be allocated, then such contribution shall not exceed an amount that would cause an allocation to the suspense account if the date of contribution were an Adjustment Date.

 

28


  (d) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the allocation of Trust investment gains and losses pursuant to Section 9.3.

The $40,000 maximum annual addition shall be adjusted to reflect any cost of living increases pursuant to Code Section 415(d).

Contributions do not fail to be annual additions merely because they are excess deferrals, or merely because such excess deferrals are corrected through distribution or recharacterization.

A Participant may not choose to defer an amount that would cause the annual additions to the Plan alone to exceed the maximum allowed.

Section 9.5 . Loans to Participants

(a) At the request of a Participant, Inactive Participant, or Beneficiary to whom loans must be made available under Department of Labor Regulations, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may lend such individual an amount which, when added to the individual’s outstanding loans from this Plan and any other plan maintained by this Employer or a Related Employer, is not in excess of the lesser of:

 

  (1) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of:

 

  (A) The highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan was made, over

 

  (B) The outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date on which such loan was made, or

 

  (2) Fifty percent of his vested interest in his account balances as of the Adjustment Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of the loan.

In no event, however, shall a loan be made to an individual if the granting of such loan would cause the Plan to violate the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4). All decisions by the Committee on loan applications shall be made on a reasonably equivalent, uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. However, the Committee may apply different terms and conditions for eligible borrowers who are not actively employed by the Employer, or for whom payroll deduction is not available, and the Committee may change the terms of an outstanding loan to the extent required by applicable law.

 

29


  (b) All loans made pursuant to the above subsection (a) must be in accordance with the following loan procedures:

 

  (1) Responsible Party . The Committee shall be responsible for all loans made under the Plan. The Committee may, however, establish a loan committee to assist the Committee in administering the loan program.

 

  (2) Loan Application . An application for a loan shall be made to the Committee in a form approved by the Committee.

 

  (3) Amount of Loan . The minimum loan amount shall be $1,000. The maximum loan amount shall be governed by this Section of the Plan.

 

  (4) Interest Rate . Each loan shall bear interest at a reasonable rate, based on the prime rate, established by the Committee as of the date the loan is made. Such rate must be commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans that would be made under similar circumstances.

 

  (5) Term of Loan . Except as otherwise provided below, the term of any loan shall be set by mutual agreement between the Committee and the borrower, but such term shall in no event exceed five (5) years. Notwithstanding the above, the term of any loan used to acquire a principal residence of a Participant may exceed 5 years, but shall in no event exceed 10 years.

 

  (6) Collateral . Each loan shall be made against collateral, such collateral being the assignment of up to 50 percent of the borrower’s entire right, title and vested interest in and to his Employee Deferral Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account supported by the borrower’s promissory note for the amount of the loan, including interest, payable to the order of the Trustee. For loans used to acquire a principal residence of a Participant, additional collateral in the form of a mortgage against the principal residence in question shall be required.

 

  (7) Loan Repayment . Repayment of loans shall be made in equal quarterly, monthly, semi-monthly or weekly installments by payroll deduction, cash, or both as specified in the loan agreement. Substantially level amortization (with payments not less frequently than quarterly) is required over the term of the loan. A borrower who is on an unpaid leave of absence must continue to make loan repayments.

 

  (8) Number of Loans . A borrower may have only one loan outstanding at any one time. A borrower may receive more than one loan per year, however, the borrower cannot receive a subsequent loan earlier than three months after the most recent prior loan is satisfied.

 

  (9) Effect on Plan Assets . In the event of a loan, the amount of such loan shall be removed first from the Participant’s Employee Deferral Account then from his Employer Matching Contribution and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account and transferred to a special loan account in the name of the borrower. As of each Adjustment Date following the making of the loan and until the loan is repaid, all payments on the loan, including interest, shall be reallocated from the Participant’s loan account to the accounts specified in the preceding sentence in the same order of removal in accordance with the borrower’s investment election in effect at that time.

 

30


  (10) Default . In the event payments of principal and interest are not made on a timely basis, the Committee may either call the loan in full or charge a late penalty fee at such rate as the Committee shall establish from time to time. If a loan is called due to a default in payment of principal and interest, the outstanding balance of the loan plus interest will be deducted from the borrower’s loan account at the time the borrower or his Beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan.

 

  (11) Loan Acceleration . All loans which a borrower has outstanding will be immediately due and payable if the borrower terminates employment. At that time, the current outstanding balance of such loans, including interest, will be deducted from his loan account.

 

  (12) Loan Origination Fee . Each borrower shall be assessed a loan origination fee in such amount as the Committee shall determine which shall be collected at the time the loan is made.

 

  (13) Modification of Loan Procedures . The Committee may from time to time add to, delete, or otherwise modify these loan procedures in such manner as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

31


Article 10

Top-Heavy Plan Provisions

Section 10.1 . Determination Date . If, as of the Determination Date, the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, as defined in Section 10.2, the provisions of this Article 10 shall apply.

The Determination Date with respect to any Plan Year shall be the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

Section 10.2 . Top-Heavy Plan .

 

  (a) The Plan shall be considered a Top-Heavy Plan, if, as of the Determination Date, either

 

  (1) the aggregate of all account balances of Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60 percent of the sum of all accounts of all Employees under the Plan excluding former Key Employees, or

 

  (2) the Plan is part of a Top-Heavy Group, as defined in Section 10.5.

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a), if the Plan is part of an aggregation group, as defined in Section 10.5, that is found not to be Top-Heavy, then the Plan shall not be a Top-Heavy Plan.

 

  (b) When determining whether the Top-Heavy rules apply for any Plan Year:

 

  (1) Rollover contributions initiated by an Employee and accepted by the Plan after December 31, 1983 will not be recognized with respect to the Plan if such contributions came from a plan not maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer.

 

  (2) Any account balances for an Employee who is not currently a Key Employee, but at one time was a Key Employee, shall not be recognized for the Plan Year ending on the Determination Date.

 

  (3) The account balances for an Employee shall include aggregate distributions made with respect to such Employee under the Plan during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date, except for the distributions made to former Key Employees excluded above, and distributions rolled over to a plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Employer. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”

 

32


  (4) If an individual has not performed any services for the Employer at any time during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit or account balance for such individual shall not be taken into account.

Section 10.3 . Key Employee

Key Employee shall mean any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3).

For purposes of this Section 10.3, Employee shall mean any Employee of the Employer or any employee of a Related Employer if the Plan is part of a Top-Heavy Group with the plan of a Related Employer. Key Employee shall include any beneficiary of a Key Employee, and former Key Employee shall include any beneficiary of a former Key Employee.

For purposes of this Section, the constructive ownership rules of Code Section 318 shall be applied by substituting “five percent” for “50 percent” in Code Section 318(a)(2).

For purposes of determining one percent and five percent ownership, the aggregation rules of Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m) shall not apply.

Notwithstanding anything above, the criteria used in the determination of Key Employees shall be consistent with Code Section 416(i), and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

Section 10.4 . Non-Key Employee shall mean any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

Section 10.5 . Top-Heavy Group .

 

  (a) Top-Heavy Group shall mean an aggregation group where the sum, as of the Determination Date, of

 

  (1) the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under any defined benefit plan included in the group, and

 

  (2)

the sum of the account balances of Key Employees under any defined contribution plan included in the group exceeds 60 percent of the same amount determined for all Employees, excluding former Key Employees, under all plans included in the group. If the Determination Date for each plan in the aggregation group is not the same, then the top-heavy

 

33


 

status of the group will be determined by adding the results for each separate plan that fall within the same calendar year. All plans maintained by the Employer (including plans that have terminated) during the one-year period ending on a Determination Date must be considered in determining the Top-Heavy Group as of that Determination Date.

 

  (b) The aggregation group must include:

 

  (1) any plan of the Employer or a Related Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant, and

 

  (2) any plan of the Employer or a Related Employer on which a plan covering a Key Employee depends for qualification under the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

 

  (3) At the election of the Employer, the aggregation group also may include any plan of the Employer or a Related Employer not required to be included in an aggregation group if such group would continue to meet the qualification requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. If such aggregation group is found not to be Top-Heavy, then no plan shall be considered Top-Heavy. If such aggregation group is found to be Top-Heavy, then all plans in the group, except the plan which was not required to be included, will be considered Top-Heavy.

Section 10.6 . Minimum Contributions and Benefits for Top-Heavy Plans . If the Plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 4 and 9 and except as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 10.6, the minimum Employer contribution for each Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan allocated to each Participant employed on the last day of the Plan Year who is a Non-Key Employee shall be three percent of each such Non-Key Employee’s Compensation. The minimum Employer contribution shall be provided to each such Participant regardless of the number of Hours of Service he completes during the Plan Year.

This minimum Employer contribution shall not exceed the percentage of contribution made, or required to be made, for such Plan Year on behalf of the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest. The highest percentage shall be determined for each Key Employee by dividing the Employer contribution for such Key Employee by his Compensation.

For the purposes of this Section, amounts contributed as a result of a salary reduction agreement shall be counted as Employer contributions when determining contributions made on behalf of Key Employees.

Matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

 

34


Section 10.7 . Top-Heavy Compensation . Top-Heavy Compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) and 403(b).

Section 10.8 . Top-Heavy Years of Service . Top-Heavy Years of Service shall mean Years of Service excluding Plan Years in which the Plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan and further excluding Years of Service completed in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984.

Section 10.9 . Top-Heavy Group Minimum Contribution . In the case of a Top-Heavy Group consisting of both defined benefit and defined contribution plans, the required minimum Employer contribution for each Top-Heavy Plan Year shall be satisfied by the two percent minimum benefit under the defined benefit plan of the Employer or a minimum contribution to this Plan equal to five percent of Compensation each year the Plan is Top-Heavy, if the minimum two percent benefit under the defined benefit plan is not provided.

The required minimum accrued benefit or Employer contribution for each Top-Heavy Year of Service for Employees who do not participate in this Plan but who participate in another Plan of the Top-Heavy Group shall be satisfied by providing the minimum accrued benefit or contribution under that plan.

If the Employer maintains another qualified plan which provides a minimum benefit or contribution, then the minimum benefit or contribution provided under the Plan shall not, when combined with the benefit or contribution provided by the other plan, exceed the amount required by Code Section 416(c).

Section 10.10. Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting . If the Plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan as defined in Section 10.2, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7, a Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account shall be 100 percent vested after three Years of Service.

Years of Service for the purposes of vesting in a Top-Heavy Plan shall include all Years of Service, including years prior to January 1, 1984, as well as years during which the Plan is not considered to be a Top-Heavy Plan. When the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, however, the account balance of any Employee who does not complete one Hour of Service after the Plan becomes Top-Heavy is not required to be subject to the minimum vesting schedule for Top-Heavy Plans.

When the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule shall revert to the schedule defined in Article 7. Such reversion shall be considered a vesting schedule amendment, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2.

 

35


Article 11

Administration By Committee

Section 11.1 . Membership of Committee . The administrative Committee shall consist of not less than three nor more than seven individuals who shall be appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions, except to the extent all or any of such obligations are specifically imposed on the Trustee or the Board. The Committee shall constitute a named fiduciary under the Plan.

Section 11.2 . Committee Officers; Subcommittees . The members of the Committee shall elect a Chairman and may elect an acting Chairman. They shall also elect a Secretary and may elect an acting Secretary, either of whom may but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such powers as the Committee shall determine and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in behalf of the Committee.

Section 11.3 . Committee Meetings . The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice, at such places and at such intervals as it from time to time may determine. Notice of meetings shall not be required if notice is waived in writing by all members of the Committee in office at the time or if all such members are present at the meeting.

Section 11.4 . Transaction of Business . A majority of the members of the Committee in office at the time shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all members of the Committee.

Section 11.5 . Committee Records . The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. Its records shall contain all relevant data pertaining to individual Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries and their rights under the Plan and in the Fund.

 

36


Section 11.6 . Establishment of Rules . Subject to the limitations of the Plan and the Act, the Committee from time to time may establish rules and by-laws for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business.

Section 11.7 . Conflicts of Interest . No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting).

Section 11.8 . Authority to Interpret . Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Article 15, the Committee shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and to decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries thereunder, which determinations shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons.

Section 11.9 . Third Party Advisors . The Committee may engage an attorney, accountant or any other technical advisor to perform such duties as may be required in connection with the operation of the Plan and may employ such clerical and related personnel as the Committee shall deem requisite or desirable in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

Section 11.10 . Compensation of Members . No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his services as such.

Section 11.11 . Plan Expenses . The Committee shall be entitled to authorize payment out of the Trust Fund for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the Plan, including the expenses of third party advisors and any expenses incurred in the daily administration of the Plan. Reasonable plan expenses may be assessed directly against the accounts of Participants who have terminated employment.

 

37


Article 12

Allocation of Responsibilities Among Named

Fiduciaries, Management of Funds and

Amendment or Termination of Plan

Section 12.1 . Allocation of Responsibilities . The responsibilities allocated to the named fiduciaries are as follows:

 

  (a) Board:

 

  (1) to amend the Plan,

 

  (2) to appoint and remove members of the Committee,

 

  (3) to appoint and remove Trustees under the Plan,

 

  (4) to determine the amount to be contributed to the Plan by the Employer, and

 

  (5) to terminate the Plan.

 

  (b) Committee:

 

  (1) subject to the claims procedure in Article 15, to interpret the provisions of the Plan and determine the rights of Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan,

 

  (2) to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another named fiduciary or other person or persons as provided in the Plan,

 

  (3) to account for the accounts of Participants, and

 

  (4) to direct the Trustee in the distribution of Trust assets.

 

  (c) Plan Administrator:

 

  (1) to file such reports as may be required to the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time,

 

  (2) to comply with the requirements of the law for disclosure of Plan provisions and other information relating to the Plan to Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and any other interested parties,

 

  (3) to administer the claims procedure, as provided in Article 15, and

 

38


  (4) to direct the Trustee to withhold from distributions made pursuant to this Plan those amounts required by law, and further to direct the Trustee to make any reports to Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and any other interested parties as may be required by the Act, Code or other controlling law, rules or regulations.

 

  (d) Trustee:

 

  (1) to invest and reinvest Trust assets,

 

  (2) to make distributions to Participants, Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries as directed by the Committee,

 

  (3) to render annual accountings to the Employer as provided in the Trust Agreement, and

 

  (4) otherwise to hold, administer and control the assets of the Trust as provided in the Plan and Trust Agreement.

Section 12.2 . Co-fiduciary Liability . Except as otherwise provided in the Act, a named fiduciary shall not be responsible or liable for acts or omissions of another named fiduciary with respect to fiduciary responsibilities allocated to such other named fiduciary, and a named fiduciary shall be responsible and liable only for its own acts or omissions with respect to fiduciary duties specifically allocated to it and designated as its responsibility.

Section 12.3 . Fiduciary Duties . All assets of the Plan shall be held in a Trust forming part of the Plan, which Trust shall be administered as a Fund to provide for the payment of benefits as provided in the Plan to the Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and their successors in interest out of the income and principal of the Trust. All fiduciaries (as defined in the Act) with respect to the Plan shall discharge their duties as such solely in the interest of the Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and their successors in interest and (a) for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and their successors in interest and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, including the Trust which is a part of the Plan, (b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims, and (c) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement, except to the extent such documents may be inconsistent with the Act. The assets of the Plan shall never inure to the benefit of the Employer; provided, that forfeitures may be used to reduce Employer contributions.

Employer contributions are expressly conditioned on their deductibility under Code Section 404. To the extent permitted by the Code and the Act, contributions in excess of the deductible amount and contributions made by mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the deduction is disallowed or the date made due to mistake of fact, whichever is applicable. In either case, such returned contributions shall not be increased by earnings of the Trust and shall not be decreased by any losses.

 

39


Section 12.4 . Establishment of Trust . The Employer and the Trustee shall enter into an appropriate Trust Agreement, which shall be a part of the Plan, for the administration of the Trust under the Plan. Such Agreement shall contain such powers and reservations as to investment, reinvestment, control and disbursement of the funds of the Trust, and such other provisions as shall be agreed upon and set forth therein which are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, its nature and purposes and the Act. Said Trust Agreement shall provide that the Board may remove the Trustee at any time upon reasonable notice, that the Trustee may resign at any time upon reasonable notice, and that upon such removal or resignation, the Board shall designate a successor Trustee.

Section 12.5 . Committee Instructions . All requests, directions, requisitions and instructions of the Committee to the Trustee shall be in writing signed by the Secretary of the Committee or any member of the Committee authorized by the majority to sign.

Section 12.6 . Right to Amend or Terminate . The Employer hereby reserves the right, by action of the Board, to amend or terminate the Plan and Trust or Trust Agreement at any time; provided, that no such amendment or termination shall have the effect of diverting the Trust Fund to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries and their successors in interest. Any action taken by the Board to amend or terminate the Plan shall be taken in its capacity as the employer sponsoring the Plan and not as a fiduciary of the Plan.

Section 12.7 . Fiduciary Discretion . In discharging the duties assigned to them under the Plan, the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Committee and any other fiduciary shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret the Plan; to adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to their duties under the Plan; and to make all other determinations, including factual determinations, necessary or advisable for the discharge of their duties under the Plan. Such discretionary authority shall be absolute and exclusive and shall be exercised in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner with respect to all similarly situated individuals. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to a fiduciary with respect to any duty assigned to it under the Plan shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the fiduciary to discharge its duties.

Section 12.8 . Trust Expenses . All real and personal property taxes, income taxes, and other taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever upon or in respect of the trust hereby created or any money, income, or property forming a part thereof, and all expenses actually and properly incurred in the administration of the trust, shall be paid by the Trustee out of principal or income of the trust, as the Trustee shall determine; provided, that the Employer may, in the discretion of the Board, pay any of the expenses incurred in the administration of the trust. The payment out of the trust of any taxes and expenses authorized in this Section, and the payment of all other costs, expenses, or compensation authorized by this plan to be paid out of the trust, shall be deemed to be for the exclusive benefit of the participants under the plan.

 

40


Article 13

Miscellaneous

Section 13.1 . Alienation of Benefits . No portion of the account balance with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, except in the case of a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p), or a judgment or settlement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C). Any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, except in the case of a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p), or a judgement or settlement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C), no portion of such account balance shall in any manner be payable to any assignee, receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or be liable for such person’s debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts, or be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach, except in the case of a qualified domestic relations order. No qualified domestic relations order shall permit the payment of any benefit in any amount, form of benefit, time of payment or option not otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, that, to the extent provided in Code Section 414(p), benefits may be paid to an alternate payee before the Participant has separated from service on or after his earliest retirement age as if he had retired on the date payment is to begin under such order in any form in which benefits may be paid to the Participant.

Section 13.2 . Payment in Event of Incapacity . If any person entitled to any payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, upon receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, the Committee may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him.

Section 13.3 . Rights of Parties . The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any other person for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

Section 13.4 . Communication to Employees . The Plan Administrator shall communicate the terms of the Plan to the Employees as required by law.

 

41


Article 14

Termination of Plan and Trust,

Merger or Consolidation of Plan

Section 14.1 . Termination of Plan and Trust . If there is a termination, partial termination or complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, all affected Participant’s accounts shall be fully vested and thereafter not subject to forfeiture. The assets shall remain in trust and shall be paid to the Participants, Inactive Participants, Beneficiaries or other successors in interest upon the earliest event providing for distribution under the Plan. Distributions shall be made in the manner allowed in the Plan for that particular event.

Section 14.2 . Merger or Consolidation . If the Plan is merged or consolidated with any other plan, or assets or liabilities of the Plan are transferred to any other plan, the amount which each Participant in the Plan would receive if the Plan were terminated immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer shall be equal to or greater than the amount he would have been entitled to receive immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

 

42


Article 15

Claims Procedure

Section 15.1 . Filing a Claim for Benefits . A Participant, Inactive Participant, Beneficiary or other successor in interest (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for benefits provided under the Plan by filing a written claim with the Plan Administrator or any member of the Committee upon a form approved by the Committee.

Section 15.2 . Notification to Claimant of Decision . Notice of a decision by the Committee with respect to a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within 90 days following receipt of the claim by the Plan Administrator or any member of the Committee, or within 90 days following expiration of the initial 90-day period if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished by the Committee to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period. The notice of extension shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the notice of decision with respect to the claim shall be furnished. Commencement of benefit payments shall constitute notice of approval of a claim to the extent of the amount of the approved benefit. If a claim is wholly or partially denied, such notice shall be in writing worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall set forth (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (b) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, (c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (d) an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure. If the Committee fails to notify the claimant of the decision regarding his claim in accordance with this Article, the claim shall be deemed denied, and the claimant shall then be permitted to proceed with the claims review procedure provided in Section 15.3.

Section 15.3 . Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of a notice of claim denial, or within 60 days following the close of the 90-day period referred to in Section 15.2 if the Committee fails to notify the claimant of the decision within such 90-day period, the claimant may appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee pursuant to Section 15.4, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing.

 

43


Section 15.4 . Decision on Review . The decision on review of a denied claim shall be made in the following manner.

 

  (a) The Committee shall make its decision regarding the merits of the denied claim promptly and within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review, or within 120 days after such receipt in a case where there are special circumstances requiring an extension of time for reviewing the appealed claim. The Committee shall deliver the decision to the claimant in writing. If an extension of time for reviewing the appealed claim is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. If the decision on review is not furnished within the prescribed time, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

 

  (b) The decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall cite specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

 

  (c) The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive with respect to all interested parties as to eligibility, participation and benefits under the Plan.

Section 15.5 . Fiduciary Discretion . In its administration of the claims procedure, the Committee, as a fiduciary, shall have the discretionary authority and responsibility to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and any rules or regulations thereunder, and to make determinations and findings of fact.

Section 15.6 . Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant . All actions set forth in this Article to be taken by the claimant likewise may be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Plan Administrator or the Committee may require such evidence as either reasonably may deem necessary or advisable of any such representative’s authority to act.

 

44


Article 16

Provisions Regarding Employer Stock

Section 16.1 . Powers of Trustee . The Trustee shall have all powers and authority necessary for the performance of its duties, including those powers designated in the Trust Agreement and in the Plan. Such powers shall include the power to borrow to purchase Employer Stock as provided in this Article 16.

Section 16.2 . Investments in Employer Stock .

 

  (a) It is intended that the assets of the Plan attributable to Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be invested primarily in shares of Employer Stock that constitutes a “qualifying employer security” within the meaning of Code Section 4975(e)(8), which incorporates by reference the provisions of Code Section 409(l), which contains special requirements regarding voting power and dividend rights of Employer Stock that is not readily tradable. It is recognized that Employer Stock may be available for purchase only from time to time, and the assets of the Plan may be invested in other assets in accordance with the Trust Agreement when Employer Stock is not readily available for purchase, even though the long-range intention is to invest primarily in Employer Stock.

 

  (b) Accordingly, Employer discretionary contributions made pursuant to Section 4.3 in cash and earnings attributable to such Employer contributions may be applied at the direction of the Committee to purchase Employer Stock at not more than its fair market value from any source available at the time. Also, from time to time the Committee may direct the Trustee to sell Employer Stock and make other investments as provided in the Plan; provided, that any sale of Employer Stock shall be for at least fair market value and shall comply with any applicable requirements regarding prohibited transactions under the Act. All investments will be made by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

Section 16.3 . Borrowing . The Committee may direct the Trustee to borrow funds for the purpose of acquiring Employer Stock. The Trustee may borrow from a lender and then acquire Employer Stock from a third party or may give a note to an owner of Employer Stock in partial or full payment for such Employer Stock. As used hereinafter, the term “loan agreement” shall include any such agreement with a third-party lender or any such note given to such an owner. In directing borrowing, the Committee shall not authorize a total indebtedness in any Plan Year if the repayment schedule for such indebtedness would require principal payments in excess of the amount that would be deductible under Code Section 404(a)(9). Any loan agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (a) The loan must be at a reasonable rate of interest; provided, that if the Trustee borrows from its own banking department, the interest rate and all other terms and conditions of the loan shall be subject to the approval of the Committee.

 

45


  (b) The only interest in Plan assets which may be given as security for repayment of indebtedness under such agreement shall be a beneficial interest in specific shares of Employer Stock acquired with the proceeds of the loan extended thereunder or with the proceeds of a pre-existing loan repaid with the monies loaned under the agreement. Such beneficial interest is hereinafter sometimes referred to as “collateral.”

 

  (c) The only rights against the Plan which may be given to a lender under a loan agreement shall be to receive repayment under such agreement out of (i) Employer discretionary contributions to the Plan in any form other than stock and (ii) collateral given to secure repayment of such loan.

 

  (d) A loan agreement shall provide that the loan shall not be payable upon demand except in case of default, and that in the event of default the value of Plan assets transferred to the lender shall not exceed the amount of the default (there shall be no penalties). If the lender is the banking department of the Trustee, such a transfer of assets shall be made to the lender only to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan.

 

  (e) Except to the extent that the conditions of Section 16.3(f) are satisfied and the Committee directs that its provisions be followed to the extent permissible, a loan agreement shall provide for the release from collateral of Employer Stock purchased with loan proceeds upon each payment of principal and interest on such loan. The number of shares to be released as a result of loan payments during a Plan Year shall be equal to the total number of shares then held as security multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of principal and interest paid with respect to such Plan Year, and the denominator of which shall be the sum of the numerator plus the principal and interest to be paid during the remaining term of the loan. The remaining term must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined without taking into account any possible extension or renewal period. If the interest rate under the loan is variable, the interest to be paid in future years must be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the Plan Year. If collateral includes more than one class of securities, the number of securities of each class to be released for a Plan Year must be determined by applying the same fraction to each class.

 

  (f) In lieu of the provisions contained in Section 16.3(e), a loan agreement may provide for the release from collateral of stock purchased with loan proceeds solely with reference to principal payments. However, if release is determined with reference to principal payments only, the following three additional rules shall apply: First, the loan agreement must provide for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payment of such amounts for ten years; second, interest included in any payment is disregarded only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables; and third, this Section 16.3(f) is not applicable from the time that, by reason of a renewal, extension or refinancing, the sum of the expired duration of the exempt loan, the renewal period, the extension period and the duration of a new exempt loan exceeds ten years. During any period of time when this Section 16.3(f) is applicable in determining the amount of Employer Stock released from collateral, the number of shares to be released upon each such repayment of principal shall be equal to the total number of shares then held as security multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the amount of principal repaid, and the denominator of which shall be the principal outstanding as of the date of such repayment.

 

  (g) A loan agreement shall provide that the Employer will guarantee repayment of principal and accrued interest on such loan, but that no payments shall be made by the Employer to the lender pursuant to such guarantee until all stock held by the Trust as security for repayment of the loan has been sold by the Trustee and the proceeds of such sale or sales have been paid to the lender in satisfaction of the indebtedness under such loan.

 

46


  (h) A loan agreement shall permit loan repayments (without restriction) in amounts larger than the minimum annual installment, and the amount of any such repayment shall reduce the principal indebtedness under the loan.

Section 16.4 . Mechanics of Borrowing and Release of Stock from Suspense Accounts . Upon direction from the Committee and pursuant to a loan agreement with a third-party lender meeting the requirements of Section 16.3, the Trustee shall accept the proceeds of a loan and apply such proceeds as soon as possible to the purchase of Employer Stock or to repay a previous loan used to purchase Employer Stock. Likewise, if a loan agreement meeting the requirements of Section 16.3 is made directly with the owner of the Employer Stock being acquired, the Trustee shall accept the acquired Employer Stock and hold any portion thereof acquired with borrowed funds in accordance with this Section 16.4 and any other applicable provision of the Plan.

The Trustee shall total all purchases of Employer Stock made with the proceeds from a single loan agreement and hold such shares in a separate suspense account. The Trustee shall assign a cost basis to each share placed in a suspense account equal to the average cost of all such shares. If the number of shares held in a suspense account changes due to a stock split or stock dividend, then the cost basis assigned to all shares held in such account immediately before such split or dividend shall be divided among all shares held in such account immediately after such split or dividend.

The Trustee shall keep a separate accounting of each loan. The obligation of the Employer to make contributions sufficient to repay each loan shall be ascertained as of the end of each Plan Year by adding together the minimum payments required upon each loan. The minimum required payment on each such loan (including interest and principal) shall be taken by the Trustee from each Employer discretionary contribution and allocated to repayment of such loan. The excess, if any, of the Employer contribution above the minimum payments required on each loan shall then be applied as a reduction of principal against the balance outstanding upon the loan bearing the highest rate of interest.

The Trustee shall account for each loan in such a manner that the portion of any Employer contribution above the minimum which is applied against the principal balance outstanding under the loan shall reduce the term of such loan, and such loan shall not be deemed to have been refinanced with lesser required payments over the remainder of its original term. Once a loan agreement has been entered into between the Trustee and a lender, the term of such loan may not be extended by subsequent agreement.

 

47


Whenever payments are made on an outstanding loan (other than by payment out of the proceeds of sale of collateral), the Trustee shall withdraw from the suspense account identified to such loan an appropriate number of shares of stock as determined under Section 16.3(e) or 16.3(f), as applicable. Shares of stock withdrawn from a suspense account during a Plan Year shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants in proportion to the Compensation of Participants entitled to share in such allocation in the same manner as Employer discretionary contributions are allocated for such Plan Year in accordance with Section 4.3.

Section 16.5 . Agreements to Purchase . The Trustee shall have the power at any time to enter into a legally binding agreement to purchase Employer Stock from any person or entity. The purchase price set forth in any such agreement shall be the fair market value of such Stock at the time of the purchase.

Section 16.6 . Dividends . Any securities received by the Trustee as a stock split or dividend, or as a result of a reorganization or other recapitalization of the Employer, shall be allocated in the same manner as the Employer Stock to which it is attributable is then allocated, as more specifically provided in Section 16.9. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, effective for dividends paid in cash after 2005, each Participant may elect to receive any cash dividends attributed to Employer Stock allocated to the Participants’ accounts under the ESOP portion of this Plan directly from the Employer or to have such dividends invested in Employer Stock as soon as practicable after they are paid to the Plan. Such elections shall be made in writing during the month of December each year, beginning with December 2005. Such elections shall remain in effect for future years unless revoked or changed in writing during a subsequent December election period. If a Participant fails to make an election, such cash dividends will be invested in Employer Stock as soon as practical after they are paid to the Plan.

Dividends that are received in cash and are attributable to Employer Stock held in a suspense account pursuant to Sections 16.3 and 16.4 shall be used to repay the loan the proceeds of which were used to acquire such Employer Stock.

Section 16.7 . Voting of Stock .

 

  (a) If the Employer does not have a registration-type class of securities, within the meaning of Code Section 409(e), then all Employer Stock held by the Trustee shall be voted by the Trustee in its discretion, except that each Participant shall be entitled to direct the voting of the shares allocated to his account on all matters that involve the voting of such shares with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business or such similar transaction as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe in regulations.

 

48


  (b) If the Employer has a registration-type class of securities, within the meaning of Code Section 409(e), then Participants shall be entitled to direct the voting of the shares allocated to their accounts on all matters at each stockholders’ meeting. If any Participant does not exercise his right to direct such voting, then the Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall vote the shares allocated to such Participant. Likewise, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall vote any unallocated shares of Employer Stock, including shares purchased with borrowed funds and still held in a suspense account.

 

  (c) The Trustee shall be responsible for giving notice and delivering a form of proxy to each Participant for each shareholders’ meeting at which Participants are entitled to direct voting of the shares held in their accounts in accordance with the preceding subsections (a) and (b). The form of proxy shall give instructions to the Trustee as to how the Participant wishes his allocated shares of Employer Stock voted on such matters. The Trustee shall vote all such shares of Employer Stock in accordance with the Participant’s instructions. The proxies shall be revocable in writing or by attendance at such meeting by the Participant.

Section 16.8 . Response to Tender Offer or Proposed Merger or Acquisition .

 

  (a) As soon as practicable after receipt of any information regarding a tender offer for Employer Stock or information regarding a proposed merger or acquisition pursuant to which holders of Employer Stock would have certain exercisable rights in addition to the voting rights described in Section 16.7, the Trustee shall notify each Participant who has Employer Stock allocated to his account of the terms of such tender offer or proposed merger or acquisition and any rights exercisable in connection therewith in addition to any voting rights if a stockholders’ meeting will consider such matters. The notice shall include a form of instructions to the Trustee that may be completed by a Participant to give instructions to the Trustee as to how the Participant wishes any such rights (other than voting rights, which are governed by the preceding Section 16.7) to be exercised regarding his allocated shares of Employer Stock.

 

  (b) A Participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee regarding the exercise of any rights with regard to shares of Employer Stock allocated to his account in connection with any tender offer or proposed merger or acquisition by responding and completing the letter of instructions to the Trustee within the time fixed by the Trustee in the notice provided to the Participant. Any such instructions to the Trustee may be revoked in writing if such revocation is received by the Trustee before the rights are exercised in accordance with the prior instructions. The Trustee shall exercise such rights regarding such shares of Employer Stock in accordance with such instructions.

 

  (c) If a Participant does not exercise his right to direct the Trustee regarding the exercise of such rights, then the Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall exercise or fail to exercise such rights (other than voting rights governed by the preceding Section 16.7) with regard to the shares allocated to the Participant’s account with regard to such tender offer or proposed merger or acquisition. Likewise, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, shall exercise or fail to exercise such rights with regard to any unallocated shares of Employer Stock, including shares purchased with borrowed funds and still held in a suspense account.

Section 16.9 . Distribution in Employer Stock . A Participant shall have the right to request that any distribution of his account balance attributable to Employer Stock to which he may be entitled under the Plan shall be entirely in Employer Stock (except that cash shall be distributed in lieu of any fractional

 

49


share). The Committee and Trustee shall ensure that any such request is complied with insofar as possible by purchasing additional Employer Stock, if available, or reallocating shares of Employer Stock in other accounts to the extent necessary. Any shares purchased in accordance with this Section shall be charged against the Participant’s account based on the purchase price (including any transaction costs), and any shares reallocated from other accounts shall be charged against the Participant’s account based on the closing price of the Employer Stock on the last trading date preceding the date of such reallocation.

If the Participant elects, with spouse consent, if applicable, distribution of his account balance attributable to Employer Stock shall begin not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year (i) in which the Participant separates from service after his Normal Retirement Age, disability or death, or (ii) that is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, provided he is not reemployed by the Employer before such distribution. Unless the Participant elects otherwise, his account balance attributable to Employer Stock will be distributed not less frequently than annually in substantially equal periodic payments over a period not longer than (i) five years, or (ii) in the case of a Participant with such an account balance in excess of $500,000, as adjusted, five years plus one additional year for each $100,000, as adjusted, or fraction thereof by which such account balance exceeds $500,000.

Section 16.10 . Purchases and Sales of Employer Stock . All purchases of Employer Stock shall be made at prices that, in the judgment of the Committee, do not exceed the fair market value of such stock. All sales of Employer Stock shall be made at prices that, in the judgment of the Committee, are not less than the fair market value of such stock. Fair market value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith in accordance with the Plan and any applicable provisions of the Act. The Committee shall direct the Trustee when to buy or sell Employer Stock and at what price, and the Trustee shall have no duty to question the directions of the Committee in this respect or to advise the Committee regarding the purchase, retention or sale of Employer Stock; provided, that the Committee shall not direct the Trustee to act otherwise than in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement and any applicable provisions of the Act, including any applicable rules regarding prohibited transactions.

Notwithstanding the above, valuations of Employer Stock that is not readily tradable on an established market shall be made by an independent appraiser who meets requirements similar to those of the regulations prescribed under Code Section 170(a)(1).

Section 16.11 . Restrictions on Employer Stock . Shares of Employer Stock distributed by the Trustee pursuant to Article 16 that are not publicly traded shall be restricted by a right of first refusal.

 

50


Such right shall provide that prior to the subsequent transfer by a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, the shares first must be offered to the Trustee in writing, and if refused by the Trustee, then to the Employer. In no event shall the Trustee or Employer repurchase such shares for a price less than the greater of (a) the price offered to the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary by a prospective buyer making a bona fide cash offer or (b) the then fair market value of such shares. The Trustee or the Employer, as the case may be, may accept the offer at any time during a period not exceeding 14 days after receipt of the written offer, and the right of first refusal shall lapse if not exercised within such 14-day period. Shares of Employer Stock distributed by the Trustee pursuant to Article 16 may include such legend restrictions on transferability as may be necessary to preserve the right of first refusal or as the Employer reasonably may require in order to assure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Except as otherwise provided in this Section and Section 16.14, no Employer Stock acquired with a loan pursuant to Section 16.3 shall be subject to a put, call or other option, or a buy-sell or similar arrangement, while held by and when distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an employee stock ownership plan.

Section 16.12 . Registration of Employer Stock . If the Committee directs the Trustee to dispose of any Employer Stock under circumstances which require registration and/or qualification of the securities under applicable federal or state securities laws, then the Employer, at its expense, will take, or cause to be taken, any and all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect such registration and/or qualification.

Section 16.13 . Put Option .

 

  (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b), a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary who receives shares of Employer Stock shall have the right to require the Employer to purchase such shares at any time within 16 months after the date such shares were distributed to the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary. In computing such 16-month period, any period of time during which the put option is not exercisable because the Employer is prohibited from honoring it by applicable federal or state law shall be excluded. Written notice of intent to exercise the put option must be delivered to the Committee before the expiration of the 16-month period. If both the Trustee and Employer agree, the Trustee may purchase the Employer Stock. The purchase price shall be the fair market value of the Employer Stock as of the date the written notice of intent to exercise the put option is delivered to the Committee. The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall pay the purchase price in a lump sum within 90 days from the receipt of such written notice; provided, that with the consent of the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, the purchase price may be paid over a period of not more than five years in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as agreed to by the parties; provided further, that payments shall begin no later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option.

 

51


  (b) The provisions of the foregoing subsection (a) shall not be applicable, and no put option hall exist, with regard to shares of Employer Stock distributed under the Plan if such Employer Stock was publicly traded and not subject to a trading limitation when it was distributed. For purposes of this subsection (b), Employer Stock is deemed to be “publicly traded” as of a particular date if, as of such date, it is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or is quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act. For purposes of this subsection (b), a “trading limitation” on a security is a restriction under any federal or state securities law, any regulation thereunder, or an agreement not prohibited by applicable regulations that would make the security not as freely tradable as one not subject to such restriction.

Section 16.14 . Diversification of Investments . Each Qualified Participant may direct the Trustee as to the investment of the value of the Participant’s account balance attributable to Employer Stock within 90 days after the last day of each Plan Year during the Participant’s Qualified Election Period.

For purposes of this Section, “Qualified Participant” shall mean a Participant who has attained age 55 and completed at least ten years of participation in the Plan. “Qualified Election Period” shall mean the six Plan Year period beginning with the later of (i) the first Plan Year in which the Participant first became a Qualified Participant, or (ii) the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986.

The Participant’s direction shall be provided to the Plan Administrator in writing and shall specify the amount the Participant wishes to diversify. The Plan shall allow the Participant to invest the amount subject to the diversification election in one or more of the investment Funds provided for in Section 9.2. Implementation of the Participant’s investment election shall take place within 90 days after the last day of the period during which the election may be made. This Section shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan other than Section 5.6.

 

52


Article 17

Special Vesting Rules

for Participant Accounts from Merged Plans

Section 17.1 . Vesting for former Commercial Bancshares Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all Participants who were participants in the Commercial Bancshares, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Commercial Plan”) as of December 31, 1998, and had at least three Years of Service as of December 31, 1998 shall have their vested interest in their former accounts under the Commercial Plan Commercial Accounts attributable to employer discretionary contributions determined under the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting Percentage

Less than 2

   0%

2

   20%

3

   40%

4

   60%

5 or more

   100%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s vested interest in his or her Commercial Accounts attributable to employer discretionary contributions shall not be less at any time on or after January 1, 1999, then his or her vested percentage as of December 31, 1998 as determined under the terms of the Commercial Plan.

Section 17.2 Vesting for former Heritage Bank Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all Participants who were participants in The Heritage Bank of Harrison County 401(k) Plan (the “Heritage Plan”) Plan as of June 30, 1999, and had at least three Years of Service as of June 30, 1999 shall have their vested interest in their former accounts under the Heritage Plan attributable to employer discretionary contributions determined under the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting Percentage

1

   20%

2

   40%

3

   60%

4

   80%

5 or more

   100%

 

53


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s vested interest in his or her former account under the Heritage Plan attributable to employer discretionary contributions shall not be less at any time on or after July 1, 1999, then his or her vested percentage as of June 30, 1999 as determined under the terms of the Heritage Plan.

Section 17.3 . Vesting for Former American Bancorporation Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all Participants who were participants in the American Bancorporation Plan as of December 31, 2002 and had at least three Years of Service as of the December 31, 2002 shall have their vested interest in their American Bancorporation Accounts attributable to employer discretionary contributions determined under the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Service

   Vesting Percentage

Less than 2

   0%

2

   25%

3

   50%

4

   75%

5 or more

   100%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s vested interest in his or her American Bancorporation Accounts attributed to employer discretionary contributions shall not be less at any time on or after January 1, 2003, than his or her vested percentage as of December 31, 2002, as determined under the terms of the American Bancorporation Plan.

 

54


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the WesBanco, Inc. KSOP is, by the authority of the Board of Directors of the Employer, executed on behalf of the Employer, the 27 th day of October, 2005.

 

WesBanco, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Paul M. Limbert

  President & CEO

 

ATTEST

/s/ Linda Woodfin

Assistant Secretary

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

55

EXHIBIT 10.17

WESBANCO INC.

Deferred Compensation Plan

(DCP)

FOR DIRECTORS AND ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES


Table of Contents

 

     Page
ARTICLE I   
Definitions    2
ARTICLE II   
Eligibility    5
ARTICLE III   
Deferral of Base Compensation    5
ARTICLE IV   
Deferral of Bonus    6
ARTICLE V   
Employer Contribution    7
ARTICLE VI   
Accounting    8
ARTICLE VII   
Vesting    9
ARTICLE VIII   
Distribution of Benefits    10
ARTICLE IX   
Funding    12
ARTICLE X   
Plan Administration    12
ARTICLE XI   
Amendment and Discontinuance    15
ARTICLE XII   
General Provisions    15


WesBanco, Inc.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Preamble

WHEREAS , WesBanco, Inc., for itself and each of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Employer”) desires to provide competitive total compensation to its key Employees so the Employer can attract and retain the executive talent necessary to drive the success of the Employer.

WHEREAS , the Employer ,as part of a key employee’s total compensation, may provide additional employer funded deferred compensation benefits.

WHEREAS , the Employer desires to allow its key Employees to defer portions of their Base Compensation and Bonus in order to encourage the Employees to maintain a long-term relationship with the Employer and provide flexibility to the Employee in his or her financial planning.

WHEREAS , WesBanco, Inc. has allowed Directors to defer directors’ fees into the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan”).

WHEREAS , in order to ease the administration of the deferred compensation programs and directors, WesBanco intends to amend and restate the Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan in its entirety to be set out in this document and combined with the program for employees.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Employer adopts this Deferred Compensation Plan (“DCP”) effective May 18, 2005.

 

- 1 -


Article I

Definitions

 

1.1 “Account” means an unfunded liability of the Employer in the name of each Participant. For any Director who participated in the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan on the Effective Date, each Director’s Account balance under this DCP shall be equal to such Director’s Account balance under the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan on the Effective Date.

 

1.2 “Base Compensation” means the Participant’s regular salary, wages and other cash remuneration which is scheduled to be paid to the Participant on a regular and periodic basis.

 

1.3 “Beneficiary” means any person(s) designated in writing by the Board to be a Participant to receive payment under this DCP in the event of the Participant’s death. In the event the Participant is married and has designated no other beneficiary (or if the designated beneficiary has predeceased the Participant), Beneficiary shall mean the participant’s spouse. In the event the Participant is not married at death and has designated no beneficiary (or if the designated beneficiary has predeceased the Participant), Beneficiary shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

1.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of WesBanco, Inc. .

 

1.5 “Bonus” means any additional cash remuneration that is paid to a Participant over and above any Base Compensation, and any other amounts as determined by the Board.

 

1.6 “Change in Control Event” means Change in Control Event as defined in Notice 2005-1, or any superseding guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury.

 

1.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.8 “Director” means a non-employee member of the Board (exclusive of Honorary Directors). Directors who are also Employees shall participate in this Plan, if at all, under the provisions applicable to Employees.

 

1.9 “Directors’ Fees” means amounts paid for service as a non-employee members of the Board.

 

1.10

“Disability” or “Disabled” means a Participant (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for

 

- 2 -


 

a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

 

1.11 Earnings means the positive or negative adjustment to a Participant’s Account that is based on the hypothetical rate of return as determined with respect to a Participant’s Account under the rules of §6.2 of the Plan and is intended to reflect the change that would have occurred in the value of the Account if the Account had actually been invested.

 

1.12 “Effective Date” means May 18, 2005, the date of the adoption by the Board of this DCP and the merger of the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliated Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan with and into this DCP .

 

1.13 Eligible Employee means an Employee who has been designated as eligible to participate in this Plan but has not at any time made contributions to this Plan pursuant to Articles III or IV or received an allocation pursuant to Article V.

 

1.14 “Employee” means any individual employed by the Employer.

 

1.15 “Employer” means WesBanco, Inc. and any subsidiary or other entity that would be part of the controlled group of corporations or under common control with WesBanco, Inc as defined in Code §414 (b&c), and that adopts this Plan under the procedures and terms and conditions established by the Board.

 

1.16 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.17 “Fiscal Year” means the 12-consecutive month accounting period adopted by the Employer for federal income tax purposes.

 

1.18 “Participant” means (i) an Employee who has been designated pursuant to Article II and makes one or more deferrals pursuant to Article III or IV of this DCP or receives an allocation pursuant to Article V, (ii) any Director who elects to make deferrals of fees on or after the effective date of this DCP and (iii) any former Eligible Employee or Director who has an Account balance under this DCP, including Account balances for Directors transferred from the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

1.19 “Plan” or “DCP” means the WesBanco, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

1.20 “Plan Year” means the 12-consecutive month period beginning each January 1 and ending on the following December 31.

 

1.21 “Qualified 401(k) Plan” means the WesBanco, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or the qualified plan of the Employer having 401(k) features that is applicable to the Eligible Employee.

 

- 3 -


1.22 “Retirement” means separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code on or after attaining age 62.

 

1.23 “Salary Deferral” means the total amount deferred by the Participant from his or her Base Compensation under Article III and from his or her Bonus under Article IV.

 

1.24 “Valuation Date” means the date or dates as of which the Participant’s Account is valued and adjusted for all contributions, distributions, Earnings, expenses and other like items.

 

1.25 “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of a Participant’s Account.

 

1.26 “Year of Service” means one completed Plan Year during which the Participant is employed.

 

- 4 -


Article II

Eligibility

a. Directors. Each Director who is or becomes a Director on or after the Effective Date of this Plan shall be eligible to defer fees under Article III of this Plan. Directors (including then former Directors) with an account balance under the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan shall automatically become a Participant in this DCP on the Effective Date with an initiated Account balance equal to his or her then Account balance under the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan with such account balance initially denominated in the same form under this Plan as it was denominated under the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and Affiliate Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan.

b. Employees . Any Employee who is individually designated by the Board in writing to be eligible to participate in this DCP shall be eligible to participate in this Plan. No Employee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan unless or until he or she receives written confirmation from the Human Resources Department of the Employer that he or she has been designated by the Board to be eligible to participate in this Plan. In choosing Employees from time to time to be eligible to participate in this Plan, the Board shall have plenary discretion in all respects and may apply any criteria for eligibility it may choose and may change or be inconsistent in the criteria it chooses, in its discretion, except, only Employees who are considered to be in a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of DOL Reg. §2520.104-24, shall be eligible to participate in this Plan. No distribution shall be made to an Employee who ceases to meet the eligibility conditions of this Plan until such time as the distribution would be made pursuant to Article VIII.

Article III

Deferral of Directors’ Fees and Base Compensation

a. Directors’ Fees. Each Director may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Directors’ Fees to be earned after that election is made under the rules set forth in this Article III.

b. Base Compensation of Employees . Each Eligible Employees (or Eligible Employees who have previously made or received allocations under this Plan) may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Base Compensation as he or she may elect in advance of the earning of that compensation.

c. Method of Election . Such election shall be made by the Director or Eligible Employee by completing and delivering to the Human Resources Department his or her election form no later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Base Compensation is earned.

 

- 5 -


However, an individual who becomes a Director or an Eligible Employee during a Plan Year may complete and deliver to the Human Resources Department his or her election form within 30 days after first becoming a Director or an Eligible Employee and may defer all or any portion of his or her Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation, as the case may be, earned subsequent to the deferral election.

Any such election made by a Participant to defer his or her Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation shall be irrevocable for the entire Plan Year and shall continue for all subsequent years unless revoked. Any Participant may change or revoke his or her deferral election to be effective with respect to Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation to be earned in a subsequent Plan Year by submitting a new election form to the Human Resources Department no later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the next Plan Year. Such change or revocation will take effect on the first day of the Plan Year next following receipt by the Human Resources Department of such election form.

On the election form by which the Director or Eligible Employee elects to defer Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation, he or she can designate a date certain for its distribution, together with Earnings and Matching Contributions for Eligible Employees, if any. If no date certain is designated, all amounts held with respect to the deferral of Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation will be distributed, for Directors, 180 days after the Directors’ separation from service (as defined in IRS Notice 2005-1) or, for Eligible Employees, 180 days after the Eligible Employee’s separation from service (as defined in IRS Notice 2005-1) or after the attaining age 62, as described in Section 8.1, unless otherwise accelerated for Directors and Eligible Employees under Article VIII.

The deferral election under this DCP is separate from any election made to the Qualified 401(k) Plan and an Eligible Employee is not required to participate in the Qualified 401(k) Plan as a condition for participation in this DCP.

Article IV

Deferral of Bonus

Each Participant (which for purposes of this Article IV does not include Directors) may elect to defer all or any portion of his or her Bonus, as established by the Board.

If the Bonus is “performance-based compensation” as that phrase is defined for purposes of Code §409A and is based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months, such election shall be made by the Participant by completing and delivering to the Human Resources Department his or her election form no later than the last day of the sixth month of the period during which the Bonus is earned.

If the bonus is not “performance-based compensation” as that phrase is defined for purposes of Code §409A, or if the period of the services on which the Bonus is based is less than 12 months,

 

- 6 -


such election shall be made by the Participant by completing and delivering to the Human Resources Department his or her election form no later than the later of (1) the end of the Plan Year that precedes the beginning of the period during which the Bonus is earned, or (2) such date as permitted under guidance regarding non-qualified deferred compensation issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the U.S. Treasury.

Any such election made by a Participant to defer his or her Bonus shall be irrevocable during the Plan Year to which it is applicable.

On the election form by which the Eligible Employee elects to defer his or her Bonus, he or she can designate a date certain for its distribution, together with Earnings and Employer Contributions, if any. If no date certain is designated on the election form, all amounts held in the Plan with respect to deferrals of Bonus shall be distributed after his or her separation from service (as defined in IRS Notice 2005-1) or attaining age 62 as described in Section 8.1, unless otherwise accelerated under Article VIII.

Any such Bonus deferral election is separate from any election made with respect to Base Compensation, or the Qualified 401(k) Plan and the Eligible Employee is not required to participate in the Qualified 401(k) Plan as a condition for participation in this Plan.

Article V

Employer Contribution

The Employer may, but shall not be required to, make an allocation to the Account of one or more Eligible Employees (which term excludes non-employee Directors) for any Plan Year in which a Participant is eligible to participate in this Plan in an amount determined and calculated by the Board, in its sole an absolute discretion. The Board may choose to make contributions with respect to one Eligible Employee and not others and it shall not be discrimination within the meaning of the Plan for the Board to exercise discretion as to whether to make contributions with respect to one or more Eligible Employee but not others or to vary the amount of the Employer contribution among Eligible Employee who receive Employer contributions. For this purpose, the Board may take into account such portion of the Participant’s remuneration as the Board in its sole discretion determines. No Participant shall receive a contribution under this Article V unless the Participant is in the employ of the Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee attained age 65 during such Plan Year.

 

- 7 -


Article VI

Accounting

6.1 Allocation to Participant’s Account

 

  a. The total amount of the deferred Directors’ Fees or Base Compensation shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date such amount would otherwise have been paid to such Participant.

 

  b. The total amount of any deferred Bonus shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date such amount would otherwise have been paid to such Participant.

 

  c. The total amount of the Employer Contribution made pursuant to Article V shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as of the date or dates established by the Board. Such allocation dates shall be established by the Board in their sole discretion.

6.2 Earnings

The Participant will receive a statement at least annually, and at such other dates set by the Human Resources Department, reflecting all adjustments for contribution allocations, distributions and Earnings. The Participant’s Account shall be adjusted on the last day of each Plan Year and at such other Valuation Dates established by the Human Resources Department in its sole discretion to reflect all contribution allocations, distributions and Earnings. The Human Resources Department shall develop such accounting procedures as it, in its sole discretion, deems advisable to properly reflect the value attributable to the Participant’s Account.

For Directors who had a balance in the Restated WesBanco, Inc. and WesBanco Affiliated Banks Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan denominated in shares of Employer Common Stock, those account balances shall remain denominated in shares of Employer common stock under this Plan and shall not receive interest or other credits under this section but shall be credited with dividends paid.

Unless the Board chooses to set aside assets in a grantor trust with respect to which the Participant may direct the investment of his or her Account balance, Earnings prior to a Change in Control Event shall be determined using any rate established by the Board in its sole discretion and shall remain in effect for such period as the Board establishes in its discretion. For this purpose, the Board may establish a rate of return that is based on an external or internal index, a formula taking into account multiple items, changes in the value of WesBanco, Inc. common stock, or any other criteria it deems suitable. In the event of a Change in Control Event, Earnings shall be based n a rate of interest no less than the prime rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal for the date of the Change in Control Event, or the nearest date to that date, plus 2%. This prime rate plus 2% method shall be used for a period of one year, subject to termination of the Plan as approved in Article XI or waiver by the Participant, and in no event may the Board reduce such rate under any provision of this DCP.

 

- 8 -


Prior to a Change in Control Event, the Board may, but shall not be required to, set assets aside in a grantor trust with individual accounting and allow Participants to direct the investment of their individual Account balance from such range of investments as the Human Resources Department may permit from time to time but which shall at all times include WesBanco common stock. After a Change in Control Event, all assets shall be credited with Earnings at a rate no less than the prime rate plus 2% method described in the foregoing paragraph.

The Board, in its sole discretion, may take into account when determining Earnings, except as Earnings is mandated to be prime plus 2% following a Change in Control Event, any administrative or trustee expense that would affect the rate of return if the Participant’s Account had actually been invested.

Should the Participant become entitled to a distribution, Earnings will be credited to the Participant’s Account until the Account is completely distributed using the Earnings method in effect and applicable to each Valuation Date. For the purpose of this Earnings allocation, the Board may use an estimated distribution date, which shall be reasonably close in time to when the distribution is actually made in order to minimize lost earnings to the Participant due to being uninvested.

All Earnings allocation methods shall be applied uniformly and without regard to employment position. However, in order to preserve principal for any Participant who is nearing retirement, or who is in pay status, such rule shall not prohibit use of different Earnings methods that is sensitive to age and the Participant’s proximity to retirement.

Article VII

Vesting

A Participant’s Account attributable to his or her Salary Deferrals shall always be 100% nonforfeitable.

A Participant’s Account attributable to Employer Contributions shall vest at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion.

The vested percentage of the Account shall be determined at the Participant’s termination of employment. Should the Participant’s employment terminate due to Retirement, death or Disability, the Participant’s Account shall be 100% vested. Further, in the event of a Change in Control Event or if the DCP is terminated by the Employer, the Account of each Participant who is then an active Employee will become 100% vested regardless of the Participant’s Years of Service.

 

- 9 -


Any amount unvested at termination of employment, other than for Retirement, death or Disability, shall be forfeited and shall not be recredited to the Account regardless of any subsequent return to employment unless the Board, in its sole discretion, elects otherwise.

Article VIII

Distribution of Benefits

8.1 General Rule

Unless a specific date and form for distribution is set forth on an election form, the benefits under this Plan (the Participant’s Account) shall be paid over a period of ten (10) years, in substantially equal annual installments and shall commence as described in the following two sentences. For Directors who are not specified employees (as defined in Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code), the first payment shall be made no earlier than the earlier of (i) the date specified on the election form and (ii) the date the Director separates from service (as defined in IRS Notice 2005-1 or a successor regulation). For Directors who are specified employees and all non-Director Participants, the first payment shall be made no earlier than the earliest of (i) the date specified on the election form, (ii) 180 days after the date the Participant separates from service (as defined in IRS Notice 2005-1 or a successor regulation) and (iii) the date the Participant attains age 65. If a specific date is set forth in an election form, the portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to deferrals or allocations attributable to that election form, together with Earnings thereon, shall be distributed on the date specified on the election form. For the purposes of distribution of that portion of a Director’s Account attributable to deferrals before the Effective Date, distribution may be made in accordance with elections made by the Director prior to the Effective Date and, for Directors who chose to denominate all or a portion of their deferrals in shares of Employer common stock, distribution shall be made only in the form of shares of Employer common stock.

8.2 Modification of General Rule

 

  a. Death and Disability. In the event a Participant dies or becomes Disabled, the balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid over a period of three (3) years, in substantially equal annual installments to the Participant, or in the case of death, to the Participant’s Beneficiary. The first payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s Disability or death.

 

  b. Change in Control Event . Unless the Participant elects otherwise, in the event of a Change in Control Event prior to commencement of benefits, the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum one year after the occurrence of a Change in Control Event. Such Participant may elect at any date prior to the Change in Control Event, to defer payment of all or a portion of his or her Account by delivering an election to such effect to the Human Resources Department. Such deferral shall be directed by the Participant but shall be for a minimum of five years. Such deferred payment shall be made in accordance with Section 8.1 or Section 8.2(a), as applicable.

 

- 10 -


In the event of a Change in Control Event after benefits have commenced, the remaining balance of the Participant’s Account shall be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Change in Control Event to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

 

  c. Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a spouse, such payment shall be made as set forth in the qualified domestic relations order.

 

  d. Payment of Employment Taxes. If tax amounts need be paid under Code §§3101 and 3121(v) or withheld under Code §3401 with respect to amounts deferred here under, an amount necessary to met those tax obligations may be distributed.

8.3 Election Method

Elections shall be made in writing on a form provided by the Human Resources Department and shall be made in accordance with the rules established by the Human Resources Department.

8.4 Earnings on Unpaid Balances

In the event a Participant separates from employment and is entitled to receive a distribution, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited with Earnings until the Account is completely distributed pursuant to the provisions set forth in §6.2 of this Plan.

8.5 Request for Benefits

Any person claiming a benefit under the DCP shall present the request to the Human Resources Department in writing, which shall respond in writing as soon as may be feasible.

8.6 Tax Withholding

With respect to any benefit payments under the DCP, Employer shall make all appropriate income tax withholdings; however, the Participant will be solely liable for any and all income taxes applicable on such benefit payments.

The benefits which accrue under the DCP are subject to Self-Employment Tax for non-employee Directors or FICA taxes for other Participants (which include the Old-Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance tax and/or Medicare tax, as the case may be), which may become due before the benefits are actually paid as provided under Code Sections 1401 et seq. and 3121(v)(2) and related IRS regulations.

 

- 11 -


To ensure proper compliance with these regulations, Employer will calculate the amount of Self-Employment tax or FICA tax, as the case may be, when it becomes due and notify the Director or Participant of the amount of his or her share of such tax. For employee Participants, the Employer will remit the entire tax to the IRS and arrange for the collection of the Participant’s share of the tax from the Participant. Each Director and Participant will be solely liable for his or her share of Self-Employment or FICA taxes on benefits accrued under the DCP.

Article IX

Funding

9.1 Unfunded Plan

Benefits under this DCP shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer. This DCP shall be administered as an unfunded plan which is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing supplemental retirement compensation “for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” as set forth in Sections 201(2), 301(3), and 401(a)(1) of the ERISA, and is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401 of the Code. Any assets set aside by the Employer for the purpose of paying benefits under this DCP shall not be deemed to be the property of the Participant and shall be subject to claims of creditors of the Employer. No participant or other person shall have any claim against, right to, or security or other interest in, any fund, account or asset of the Employer from which any payment under the DCP may be made. Any use of the words “contributions”, “contribute”, “earnings” or “Earnings” or any similar phrase, shall not require actual contributions or funding of this DCP and is only used for convenience when describing the deferral and supplemental retirement benefit activities of this DCP.

Article X

Plan Administration

10.1 General Duty

The DCP shall be administered by the Board which may delegate the power and duty to perform any non-discretionary actions to the Human Resources Department in addition to the powers and authority given to the Human Resources Department under the terms of this DCP. It shall be the principal duty of the Board to oversee that the provisions of the DCP are carried out in accordance with its terms, for the exclusive benefit of persons entitled to participate in the DCP. It shall be the principal duty of the Human Resources Department to exercise its power and authority to administer the DCP as directed by the Board and as its powers and duties are set out in this DCP.

 

- 12 -


10.2 Board’s General Powers, Rights and Duties

The Board shall have full power to administer the DCP in all of its details, subject to the applicable requirements of law. For this purpose, the Board is, as respects the rights and obligations of all parties with an interest in this DCP, given the powers, rights and duties specifically stated elsewhere in the DCP, or any other document, and in addition is given, but not limited to, the following powers, rights and duties:

 

  a. to determine all questions arising under the DCP, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility of Employees or Participants and any other persons, and the amounts of their contributions or benefits under the DCP, to interpret the DCP, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions;

 

  b. to adopt such rules of procedure and regulations, including the establishment of any claims procedure that may be required by law, as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the DCP and as are consistent with the DCP;

 

  c. to direct payments or distributions from the DCP in accordance with the provisions of the DCP;

 

  d. to develop such information as may be required for tax reporting and withholding or other purposes; and

 

  e. to employ agents, attorneys, accountants or other persons (who also may be employed by an Employer), and allocate or delegate to them such powers, rights and duties as the Board may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out the administration of the DCP.

10.3 Exercise of Authority

Whenever any discretionary action by the Board is required, the Board may exercise its authority in a manner that discriminates between and among participants. The Board shall not be required to treat each Eligible Employee and each Participant in the same way. Non-discretionary duties exercised by the Human Resources Department shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner so that all persons similarly situated will receive substantially the same treatment from the Human Resources Department.

However, such preceding requirement shall not prohibit the Human Resources Department from valuing the Account of a Participant at a different date or time in order to facilitate a distribution, nor from taking other actions which may be different with respect to a Participant so long as with respect to a particular action, right, or privilege granted by the DCP or established by the Human Resources Department, the Participant is treated in a similar fashion.

 

- 13 -


10.4 Indemnification of Administrator

The Employer agrees to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any Employee serving in the Human Resources Department or otherwise as a delegate or agent of the Board (including any Employee or former Employee who is serving or formerly served as a delegate or agent of the Board) against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Employer) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the DCP, if such act or omission is or was in good faith.

10.5 Information Required by Human Resources Department

The Human Resources Department shall obtain such data and information as the Human Resources Department may deem necessary or desirable in order to administer the DCP. The records of the Employer as to an Employee’s or Participant’s period or periods of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leave of absence, re-employment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined by independent agents or delegates of the Human Resources Department to be incorrect. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the DCP also shall furnish the Human Resources Department with such evidence, data or information as the Human Resources Department considers necessary or desirable to administer the DCP.

10.6 Claims and Review Procedures

 

  a. Claims Procedure. If any Participant believes he is being improperly denied any rights or benefits under the DCP, such Participant may file a claim in writing with the Human Resources Department. If any such claim is wholly or partially denied, the Human Resources Department shall notify such Participant of its decision in writing. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such Participant and shall contain (i) specific reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to pertinent DCP provisions, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect such claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant wishes to submit a request for review. Such notification shall be given within 30 days after the claim is received by the Human Resources Department (or within 60 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such Participant within the initial 30 day period). If such notification is not given within such period, the claim shall be considered denied as of the last day of such period and such Participant may request a review of his claim.

 

  b.

Review Procedure. Within 30 days after the date on which a Participant receives a written notice of a denied claim (or, if applicable, within 30 days after the date on which such denial is considered to have occurred) such Participant (or his duly authorized representative) may (i) file a written request with the Board for a review of his denied claim and of pertinent documents, and (ii) submit written issues and comments to the Board. The Board shall notify such Participant of its

 

- 14 -


 

decision in writing. Such notification shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such Participant and shall contain specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to pertinent DCP provisions. The decision on review shall be made within 30 days after the request for review is received by the Board (or within 60 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the request, such as an election by the Board to hold a hearing, and if written notice of such extension and circumstances is given to such person within the initial 30-day period). If the decision on review is not made within such period, the claim shall be considered denied.

10.7 Furnishing Information or Providing Other Reports

The Human Resources Department shall provide Employees with: (a) a description of the DCP and (b) such other information or notices as required by ERISA or other applicable law. After payment by the Employee of a reasonable charge, which charge may be waived by the Human Resources Department, the Human Resources Department shall provide the Employee with a copy of this DCP upon written request by the Employee. The Human Resources Department shall also file with government authorities any reports or returns required.

Article XI

Amendment and Discontinuance

The Employer hereby reserves the right and power, by action of the Board, to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, at any time. Included in the Employer’s right to amend, suspend or terminate is the Employer’s right at any time to no longer permit any additional participants under the DCP, to cease making benefit allocations, and to distribute all Account balances upon DCP termination unless such terminated distribution would violate the distribution restrictions of Code §409A(a)(2)(A) and Code §409(a)(3). The Human Resources Department may promulgate rules and procedures from time to time to carry out the provisions of this Article XI. However, in no event shall the Employer or Board have the right to eliminate or reduce any benefit which has been vested or become nonforfeitable under the DCP, pursuant to Article VII.

Article XII

General Provisions

12.1 Notices

Each Participant entitled to benefits under the DCP must file in writing with the Board such Participant’s post office address and each change of post office address. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to any such Participant at the last post office address filed with the Human Resources Department will be binding upon such person for all purposes of the DCP, and the Human Resources Department shall not be obligated to search for or ascertain the

 

- 15 -


whereabouts of any Participant. Any notice or document required to be given to or filed with the Human Resources Department shall be considered as given or filed if delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to WesBanco, Inc., .One Bank Plaza, Wheeling, WV 26003

12.2 Employment Rights

The DCP does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer nor any right or claim to any benefit under the DCP, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the DCP.

12.3 Interests Not Transferable

Except as may be required by law, including the federal income and employment tax withholding provisions of the Code, or of an applicable state’s income tax act, the interests of Participants and their beneficiaries under this Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated, assigned or encumbered. The preceding shall not preclude the Employer from asserting any claim for damages or for any debt that the Employer may have with respect to the Participant.

12.4 No Interest or Earnings

No interest or earnings of any type shall accrue, be credited or be payable on any amounts that are credited to a Participant’s Account under this DCP other than as specified at Section 6.2.

12.5 Facility of Payment

When a Participant entitled to benefits under the DCP is under a legal disability, or, in the Human Resources Department’s opinion, is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his financial affairs, the Human Resources Department may direct that the benefits to which such Participant otherwise would be entitled shall be made to such Participant’s legal representative, or to such other person or persons as the Human Resources Department may select for the benefit of such Participant. Any payment made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.5 shall be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment.

12.6 Gender and Number

Where the context permits, words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

12.7 Controlling State Law

To the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of the state of West Virginia shall be controlling in all matters relating to the DCP.

 

- 16 -


12.8 Severability

In case any provisions of the DCP shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the DCP, and the DCP shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in the DCP.

12.9 Statutory References

All references to the Code and ERISA include reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation which amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

12.10 Headings

Section headings and titles are for reference only. In the event of a conflict between a title and the content of a section, the content of the section shall control.

12.11 Non-taxable Benefits

It is the intention of each Employer that this DCP meet all requirements of the Code so that the benefits provided are non-taxable during the period of deferral and until actual distribution is made.

12.12 Action by the Employer

Any action to be performed by the Employer under the DCP shall be by resolution of its board of directors, by a duly authorized committee of its board of directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its board of directors or by resolution of such committee.

Executed this 18 th day of May, 2005.

 

    WESBANCO, INC.

/s/ Linda Woodfin        

   

By:

 

/s/ Paul M. Limbert         

Witness      

 

- 17 -

EXHIBIT 21

 

Subsidiaries of WesBanco, Inc.

(As of December 31, 2005)

 

Subsidiaries


  

State of Incorporation


WesBanco, Inc

  

West Virginia

WesBanco Bank, Inc.

   West Virginia

WesBanco Insurance Services, Inc.

   West Virginia

WesBanco Asset Management, Inc.

   Delaware

WesBanco Services, Inc.

   Delaware

WesBanco Properties, Inc.

   West Virginia

WesBanco Securities, Inc.

   Ohio

Hometown Finance Company

   West Virginia

 

NOTE: All direct subsidiaries of the Registrant are 100% owned.

EXHIBIT 23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of WesBanco, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2006 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of WesBanco, Inc., WesBanco, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of WesBanco, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

Form S-3 relating to WesBanco, Inc.’s Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (No. 333-06467)

 

Form S-3 relating to WesBanco, Inc.’s Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (No. 333-82852)

 

Form S-8 relating to the Western Ohio Financial Corporation 1995 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and the Western Ohio Financial Corporation 1998 Omnibus Incentive Plan (No. 333-119304)

 

Form S-8 relating to the Winton Financial Corporation Stock Option and Incentive Plan, Winton Financial Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, and Winton Financial Corporation 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (No. 333-121887)

 

Form S-8 relating to WesBanco, Inc.’s KSOP (No. 333-109777)

 

Form S-8 relating to WesBanco, Inc.’s Key Executive Incentive Bonus and Option Plan (No. 333-107736)

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

March 6, 2006

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

EXHIBIT 24

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR EXECUTION OF FORM 10-K

TO BE FILED WITH THE SECURITIES & EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

We, the undersigned Directors of WesBanco, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint James C. Gardill and/or Paul M. Limbert, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Annual Report of WesBanco to the Securities & Exchange Commission on Form 10-K to be filed for the year 2005 and any and all amendments thereto in our names and behalf in our capacities as Directors of WesBanco to enable WesBanco to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby ratifying and conforming our signatures as they may be signed by our attorneys, or either of them, to said Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Power of Attorney for purposes of executing the Form 10-K of WesBanco has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

SIGNATURE


  

TITLE


 

DATE


/s/    J AMES E. A LTMEYER        


James E. Altmeyer

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    R AY A. B YRD        


Ray A. Byrd

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    R. P ETERSON C HALFANT        


R. Peterson Chalfant

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    C HRISTOPHER V. C RISS        


Christopher V. Criss

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    J AMES D. E NTRESS        


James D. Entress

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    Abigail M. Feinknopf


Abigail M. Feinknopf

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    E RNEST S. F RAGALE        


Ernest S. Fragale

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    E DWARD M. G EORGE        


Edward M. George

  

Chairman of the Board, Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    V AUGH L. K IGER        


Vaughn L. Kiger

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    R OBERT E. K IRKBRIDE        


Robert E. Kirkbride

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    P AUL M L IMBERT        


Paul M. Limbert

  

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

  3/9/2006


SIGNATURE


  

TITLE


 

DATE


/s/    J AY T. M C C AMIC        


Jay T. McCamic

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    H ENRY L. S CHULHOFF        


Henry L. Schulhoff

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    J OAN C. S TAMP        


Joan C. Stamp

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    C ARTER W. S TRAUSS        


Carter W. Strauss

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    R EED J. T ANNER        


Reed J. Tanner

  

Director

  3/9/2006

/s/    R OBERT K. T EBAY        


Robert K. Tebay

  

Director

  3/9/2006

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Paul M. Limbert, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WesBanco, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2006

     

/s/    P AUL M. L IMBERT        


        Paul M. Limbert
        President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Robert H. Young, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WesBanco, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2006   

/s/    R OBERT H. Y OUNG        


Robert H. Young

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of WesBanco, Inc on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacity and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of WesBanco, Inc.

 

Date: March 9, 2006

  

/s/    P AUL M. L IMBERT        


    

Paul M. Limbert

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 9, 2006

  

/s/    R OBERT H. Y OUNG        


     Robert H. Young
    

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

The forgoing certifications are being furnished solely pursuant to Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 .

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Corporation and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.